Skip to main content

Full text of "The master's world-union scheme, being a scheme of world-federation on the basis of fatherhood of God and brotherhood of man, presented to the world by the master, Thakur Dayananda, a Sannyasin and the friend of the world, with an exposition"

See other formats


I'lnivt/rj^^^jO^  ^a/tfot 


THAKUR  DAYANANDA 


•  *    -  .• 


THE   MASTER'S      -     -      - 
WORLD-UNION    SCHEME 


BEING  A  SCHEME  OF  WORLD- 
FEDERATION  ON  THE  BASIS 
OF  FATHERHOOD  OF  GOD 
AND  BROTHERHOOD  OF  MAN, 
PRESENTED  TO  THE  WORLD 
BY  THE  MASTER,  THAKUR 
DAYANANDA,  A  SANNYASIN 
AND  THE  FRIEND  OF  THE 
WORLD — with  an  exposi- 
tion, 


BY  A   SERVANT  OF  HIS, 

ALOKANANDA    MAHABHARATI. 


ARUNACHAL  MISSION, 
Amrit  Mandir, 

Bamai  P.O.,  Dt.  Sylhet.   India. 
Cable :     Amrit,    Fandauk,    India. 

1921. 


Published  by  Biswakabi  Rajkumar, 
Amrit  Mandir. 


HENRY  MORSE  STp:»WEW» 


Rs.  3/. 


Printer  :     S.   C.   MajuMDAR 

SRI  GOURANGA  PRESS 

7///,  Mirzapur  Street,  Calcutta. 


OM, 


OH  THOU  LORD, 

On  the  Eve  of  that  Glorious  Day  when  we, 
sisters  and  brothers  all  over  the  world,  shall 
surrender  ourselves  at  Thy  Blessed  Feet  and 
meet  in  a  Joyous  Festival  of  Love  and  Adoration, 
we  lay  this  humble  offering  before  Thee,  O  Love. 

Alokananda, 

Kalyanananda, 

Amiya, 

BiSWARAMA, 

Katyaani. 


512328 


Om. 

PREFACE. 

A  world  steeped  in  the  deepest  depth  of 
misery  is  to-day  crying  for  Peace.  It  knows  not 
how  to  get  it.  This  scheme  of  world  federation 
on  the  ONLY  ONE  solid  basis  on  which  it  is 
possible,  viz.,  the  Fatherhood  of  God  and 
Brotherhood  of  man,  was  presented  to  the  Peace 
Conference  at  Paris  in  December,  1918  by 
Thakur  Dayananda,  a  Sannyasin  and  the  Friend 
•of  the  world. 

What  the  Peace  Conference  has  given  to 
the  world,  we  all  know.  In  the  meantime, 
driven  by  world  forces,  human  society  is  steadily 
drifting  to  the  condition  of  things  desired  by  the 
Master.  Directly  or  indirectly,  consciously  or 
unconsciously,  the  world  has  responded  to  His 
idea.  The  world  has  now  arrived  at  that  stage 
of  its  development  when  this  scheme  cannot  be 
delayed  any  longer,  when  the  world  must  accept 
this  scheme  to  avoid  the  annihilation  which  now 
threatens  to  engulf  it. 

With  a  view  to  assist  sisters  and  brothers  of 


the  Mankind  in  arriving  at  the  right  point  of 
view,  I  have  endeavoured  to  interpret  the 
Master's  scheme  of  world-union,  in  the  light  of 
His  life  and  teachings  as  1  have  been  permitted 
to  understand  them.  It  is  however  impossible  to 
separate  the  ideal  from  the  idealist.  1  have 
therefore  sought  to  give  an  outline  of  His  great 
life  and  Mission. 

The  book  really  is  in  two  parts.  The  first 
part  (Chapters  I  to  V)  deals  with  the  ideas  of 
the  Master  and  how  He  reduced  them  into  actual 
practice.  TTie  second  (Chapters  VI  to  IX)  deals 
with  the  definite  scheme  of  world-union  He  pre- 
sented to  the  world.  In  this  connection  1  have 
also  discussed  the  scheme  of  the  League  of 
Nations  and  that  of  the  Bolsheviks. 

In  the  Appendix  1  have  given  a  few  extracts 
out  of  hundreds  that  I  have  collected  to  shew 
how  the  world  has  responded  to  the  thought  of 
the  Master. 

The  constitution  and  objects  of  the  League 
of  Nations  and  the  figures  relating  to  casualties 
in  the  war  have  been  taken  from  the  Daily  Mail 
Year  Book,  1920. 

Amrit  Mandir,  a.  M. 

1st  December,   1920. 


CONTENTS. 

Page. 

I.    Foreword  -  -  -  -  -  -        I 

II.     How    the    beginning    was    laid — Daya- 

nandas  thoughts  and  ideas  -  -         8 

III.  How     Dayananda     set    to     work. — The 

Power       of  Thought.       Arunachal 

Asram,     the  embodiment     of     His 

thought     and  an     epitome     of    the 
World-Union  --  --37 

IV.  Sensation    in    Society. — Persecution    by 

Government  and  by  the  Public       -  -       61 

V.     Subsequent    history    of    the    Arunachal 
Mission.     Further    progress    towards 
the  goal  -  -  -  -  -  -     108 

VI.     The  World  at  the  end  of  the  War.     The 

scheme  presented  to  the  World      -  -     119 

VII.  The  present  world  situation.     The  world 

situation  is  one   and   must  be   dealt 
with  as  one    -  -  -  -  -  -     133 

VIII.  What  is  Thakur  Dayananda's  Scheme? 

The  Essential  Feature  of  the  Scheme     1 72 

IX.     Two   other  Schemes  : — The   League   of 

Nations  -  -  -  -  -  -     191 

Bolshevism     -  -  -  -  -  -     202 


Appendix 


A.  Letters 

B.  Extracts 


The  Master's  World-Union 

Scheme. 

I 

FOREWORD. 
TTiakur  Dayananda,  the  Friend  of  the 
world,  the  founder  of  the  Arunachal  Mission, 
who  desires  to  knit  Mankind  in  one  bond  of 
loving  union,  who  wants  to  enable  humanity  to 
drink  from  one  unending  stream  of  heavenly 
bliss,  has  been  before  the  public  for  sometime 
past.  1  have  known  Him  and  1  could  not  but 
love  Him,  for,  to  know  Him  is  to  love  Him. 
The  more  have  I  known  Him,  the  more  have  I 
felt  that  1  have  known  but  very  little  of  Him. 
Words  cannot  convey  any  idea  of  the  personal 
magnetism  of  one  who  is  drawing  thousands  of 
men,  women  and  children  unto  Him  and  who 
seeks  to  draw  the  whole  world  to  Him.  What 
shall  1  say  of  His  all-pervading  love  which 
transcends  all  limits  of  race,  country  and  colour 
— love  that  makes  no  distinction  between  high 
and  low,  the  sinner  and  the  righteous, — love  that 
knows  no  friend  or  enemy  ?    To  attempt  to  speak 


2  IHE    MASTER  S    WORLD-UNION    SCHEME 

of  the  many-sided  genius  of  one  who  has  viewed 
life  in  all  its  aspects,  who  has  surveyed  the  whole 
field  of  human  activities — to  speak  of  the 
supreme  courage  and  conviction  of  one  who 
wants  to  turn  the  whole  tide  of  human  evolution, 
who  wants  to  send  humanity  to  a  new  path  on  a 
new  quest !  It  is  for  no  man  to  comprehend  the 
spiritual  force  of  one  who  lives,  moves  and  has 
his  being  in  God — one  who  is  perfectly  one  with 
God.  I  shall  not  therefore  attempt  the  im- 
possible task  of  representing  Him  before  the 
world  by  analysing  His  character.  To  do  so 
would  be  to  underrate  Him.  I  will  only  tell  the 
world  what  He  saw,  felt  and  uttered  1 2  years  ago 
and  how  He  wants  to  create  a  new  heaven  and  a 
new  earth.     Let  the  world  ponder  over  it. 

1  will  begin  by  presenting  before  the  world 
a  disciple  of  His.  This  niiraculous  saint  was  an 
ardent  follower  of  the  Master,  Thakur  Daya- 
nanda,  who,  some  ten  years  back  declared  to 
the  Government  of  India,  the  public  in  general 
and  also  to  His  Majesty  the  King  Emperor  that : 
*  **Nam-Sankirtan     would     engulf    the 

*  Nam-Sankirtan  or  Sankirtan  is  a  kind  of  devo- 
tional music  and  chanting  the  name  of  the  Lord,  in 
which  people  move  in  a  circle,  singing  and  dancing  to 


FOREWORD  i 

whole  of  India.  The  World- 
Teacher  has  come  in  human  form 
and  He  is  resolved  to  carry  His 
Message   of  Love   to  the  remotest 

the  accompaniment  of  drums,  cymbals,  gongs  and 
other  instruments,  h  is  a  form  of  collective  worship 
having  a  very  powerful  influence  on  the  mind.  In  it 
the  noblest  traits  of  a  man's  character  are  released 
from  grossness  and  these  come  more  and  more  into 
display  in  his  dealings  with  his  fellow-beings.  There 
are  numerous  instances  of  men  living  lives  of  drunken- 
ness and  lewdness  being  completely  changed  into  the 
devoutest  and  saintliest  characters  as  the  result  of 
Sankirtan.  In  it  the  mind  is  easily  fixed  on  God  ;  the 
man  enjoys  supreme  happiness  and  for  the  time  being 
he  becomes  more  or  less  unconscious  of  his  surround- 
ings. His  face  brightens  up,  his  body  bends,  curves 
and  describes  beautiful  figures,  as  he  dances  in  joy. 
All  the  actions  whidh  take  place  on  the  physical  body 
as  the  result  of  the  long  practice  of  Yoga,  are  quickly 
and  automatically  performed  in  course  of  Sankirtan. 
The  special  point  to  note  about  Sankirtan  is  its 
great  power  of  enkindling  the  instinct  of  love  in  man. 
The  deadliest  enemies  have  embraced  each  other  in 
Sankirtan  and  have  ever  afterwards  lived  on  terms  of 
the  closest  friendsihip.  The  common  saying  is  under 
the  influence  of  Sankirtan  the  lamb  and  the  lion  will 
drink  from  the  same  pool. 


4  THE    MASTER  S    WORLD-UNION    SCHEME 

corners  of  the  globe.     Indians  im- 
mediate future  is  very  bright  and  the 
present  period  will  give  place  to  a 
period  of  calm  and  prosperous  agri- 
cultural   and    industrial    expansion 
combined  with  social,   moral,   and 
religious  teachings,   thus  removing 
all  racial  feelings  of  hatred.'* 
In  a  communication  to  the  Chief  Commis- 
sioner of  Assam  dated  the  6th  May,  1913,  our 
brother,    Amritananda    added    that    the    above 
message  proclaimed  by  him  was  **the  result  of 
direct  realization  in  a  state  of  inspiration  in  May, 
1910,  which,  by  subsequent  revelations  became 
more  vivid  and  it  was  thus  communicated"  by 
him   **to  the  world  after  repeated  communion 
with  the  Supreme  Director  of  Evolution." 

In  a  subsequent  communication  dated  the 
4th  of  December,  1914,  to  the  Personal  Assistant 
to  the  Chief  Commissioner  of  Assam,  this  seer 
further  declared  that  he  : 

**felt  it  a  paramount  duty  before  God  and 
man  to  announce  to  the  world  that 
the  predictions  made  by  him  shall 
have  to  be  fulfilled  at  no  distant 
date.*' 


FOREWORD  J 

And  he  added : 

**I  would  also  confirm  my  statement 
made  in  1910  to  Mr.  Boxwell, 
Superintendent  of  Police,  Cachar, 
and  would  now  amplify  the  same 
and  place  on  record  the  fact  that 
Nam-Sankirtan  (preferably  Pran- 
Gaur  Nityananda*)  shall  carry  the 
Message  of  Peace  and  Love  to  the 
nations  of  the  earth.*' 

*  Gaur  or  Gauranga  was  born  in  Nadja,  Bengal, 
456  years  ago,  who  ,  by  his  own  life,  taught  people 
what  love  of  God  means.  He  was  the  very  incarna- 
tion of  Love  and  piety  and  by  his  Sankirtan  he  brought 
about  a  religious  revolution  in  Bengal  and  other  parts 
of  India  also.  The  whole  of  Bengal  was  convulsed 
arid  roused  from  the  stupor  that  had  come  over  it. 
People  in  hundreds  of  thousands  ran  after  him — 
Kings  and  potentates,  robbers  and  murderers,  prosti- 
tutes and  saints  and  seers, — men,  women  and  children 
threw  themselves  at  his  feet  and  were  changed  by  his 
very  touch  and  sight.  He  brought  new  life  into  the 
dead  society  and  gave  a  new  direction  to  its  progress. 
He  is  regarded  as  an  incarnation  of  God  and 
worshipped  all  over  the  land.  He  declared  himself 
to  be  the  One  Supreme  Being,  who  descends  in  every 
age  to  regenerate  human  society,  and  when  parting 
from  his  mother  he  told  her  that  he  would  come  twice 


6  THE    MASTER  S    WORLD-UNION    SCHEME 

The  above  message  was  delivered  to  the 
world  when  it  was  steeped  in  gross  materialism 
and  few,  if  any,  could  think  that  the  world 
would  change  so  soon,  as  it  has,  that  the 
New  Era  was  at  hand  when  discord,  strife  and 
ill-vyrill  will  cease  and  peace,  happiness  and 
good- will  will  come  to  reign  on  earth.  At  that 
time  material  civilization  was  in  its  noon-day 
splendour.  Even  the  few  who  could  detect 
some  of  its  faults  and  defects  could  not  muster 
courage  to  think  that  the  final  crash  would  come 
so  soon  or  that  the  world  would  be  united  in  one 
bond  of  Lx)ve  in  the  near  future.     At  that  time 

again  and  in  his  second  coming  he  would  perform 
glorious  things  and  his  name  shall  spread  to  the  re- 
motest comers  of  the  globe.  His  right-hand  man  and 
chief  follower  was  Nityananda,  who  spread  the  name 
of  his  Master  and  raised  the  submerged  classes  from 
their  highly  degraded  position  in  society. 

A  study  of  the  signification  of  the  words  Pran 
Gaur  Nityananda  would  be  interesting:  (I)  Where 
Pran  or  soul  is  Gaur  i.e.  pure,  Nityananda  or  perpe- 
tual bliss  reigns,  (ii)  Pran  or  the  Inner  Conscious 
Being  in  man  is  Gaur  i.e.  God  and  Nityananda  or 
perpetual  bliss  is  His  real  characteristic,  (iii)  Gaur 
(God)  and  Nityananda  (the  embodiment  of  perpetual 
bliss)  are  deal  to  me  as  life  itself. 


FOREWORD  7 

the  very  idea  would  have  been  pooh-poohed. 
But  the  vision  of  this  seer  penetrated  into  the 
future  and  he  clearly  saw  what  was  coming  euid 
he  emphatically  declared  it  to  an  unbelieving 
world.  *  And  to-day,  we  see  his  predictions  are 
being  fulfilled  to  the  letter.  How,  we  shall  see 
in  the  following  pages. 


II 

HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID. 

Thakur  Dayananda  came  into  the  arena 
12  years  ago.  It  would  be  well  for  us  if  we 
survey  in  brief  the  conditions  that  prevailed  in 
the  world  at  that  time.  The  whole  world  had 
lost  all  spiritual  insight — it  had  strayed  away 
from  God  and  was  running  mad  hither  and 
thither  in  a  vain  quest  of  happiness — it  was  like 
a  ship  tossing  on  the  high  seas  without  a  rudder 
and  without  the  captain  to  steer  the  vessel  to 
port.  What  was  the  goal  of  human  life  none 
did  know.  In  the  bustle  and  turmoil  of  every 
day  life  none  had  even  the  opportunity  of 
thinking  of  it.  Those  who  had,  did  not  care 
to  do  so.  It  was  considered  profitless.  Let  the 
world  go  on,  as  it  is,  it  will  come  to  somewhere 
— no  need  of  bothering  about  it — that  was  the 
general  idea.  Our  view  of  life  completely 
lacked  spiritual  vision. 

At  this  time  Thakur  Dayananda  started  by 
declaring  the  mission  of  life.     He  said  : 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  9 

**  *The  goal  of  human  existence  is  not  the 
enjoyment    of    short-Hved    pleasure 
which  brings  dullness  the  very  next 
moment.     A   never-ending   current 
of  heavenly  bliss  must  run  down  the 
heart.     Man's  whole   life   shall   be 
one   continuous   song    of   perpetual 
bliss." 
This  is  the  goal  that  he  set  forth  before  a 
world  which  did  not  know  what  it  was  striving 
for,  where  it  was  drifting  to.     The  world  wanted 
happiness  but  did  not  know  how  to  get  it. 
Dayananda  declared  : 

** Peace  can  come  only  when  God  is  en- 
throned in  the  heart  of  man,  who, 
forgetful  of  his  true  aim,  is  leading 
a  life  of  gross  materialism." 
He  said  humanity  must  be  rescued  from  this 
position  before  the  world  has  peace.      It  is  for 
this  that  He  has  come  on  earth.     He  says  : 

**It  will  have  to  be  seen  that  the  human 
soul   keeps   this   end   constantly   in 

*  These  sayings  of  Thakur  Dayananda  have  been 
taken,  except  where  otherwise  noted,  from  Rishi 
Yugananda's  vernacular  book  "Thakur  Dayananda" 
(first  published  in  1911). 


10  THE    master's    world-union    SCHEME 

view  in  its  progress  through  life. 
Even  if  one  single  individual  attains 
this  highest  happiness  or  bliss,  his 
happiness  is  sure  to  radiate  all 
around  and  fill  others  with  happi- 
ness.'* 

Dayananda  says  the  Western  world  has  not 
had  peace  because  it  has  pursued  materialism 
alone,  while  the  Eastern  world  has  come  to  grief 
owing  to  its  despise  of  things  of  the  world.  He 
says  : 

*  **  India  is  the  home  of  Eastern  culture 
and  England  is  the  type  of  Western 
culture.  Eastern  culture  is  essen- 
tially spiritualistic,  while  Western 
culture  is  essentially  materialistic. 
Both  are  incomplete,  one  without 
the  other.  Perfection  lies  in  the 
harmonious  combination  of  both. 
It  is  through  divine  dispensation 
that  India  and  England  have  been 
united.  Both  Cultures  have  met  in 
India  so  that  each  may  profit  by  the 

*  Acharya  Pronobananda's  "Thakur  Dayananda 
and  Arunachal  Mission,"    1916. 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS   LAID  11 

experience  of  the  other,  so  that  the 
imperfections     of     both     may     be 
healed." 
**Conflict  is  sure  to  crop  up  where  there 
is  imperfection.      Peace  and  good- 
will reigns  only  when  there  is  per- 
fection.      It    is    then    that    one    is 
cinxious  to  promote  the  well-being  of 
another  and  even  to  sacrifice  one's 
own  to  that  of  another." 
To  a  world  distracted  by  strife  and  hatred, 
by  prejudice  and  passion,  Dayananda  proclaim- 
ed the  advent  of  the  Dawn  of  the  Human  Race, 
of  the  coming  of  that  Era  when  strife  shall  cease 
and  hatred  disappear  : 

**Through  the  will  of  God  that  blessed 
Era  of  Union  is  at  hand  when  both 
the  East  and  the  West  must  accept 
this  ideal  of  perfection." 
***At  the  close  of  the  present  war,  that 
Kingdom  of  Love  which  the  sages 
and  seers  of  the  East  and  the  West 
have  long  yearned  for  will  be  estab- 
lished." 

*  "Thakur  Dayananda  and  Arunachal  Mission." 


12      '^^      THE    master's    world-union    SCHEME 

From  the  very  beginning  Dayananda  has 
refused  to  be  satisfied  by  promoting  the  welfare 
and  happiness  of  a  limited  few  or  even  of  India 
or  of  the  East  alone.  He  stands  for  the  good  of 
the  world  at  large,  of  every  man  and  every 
woman.     He  has  often  told  his  disciples  : 

**We  have  come  to  work  for  the  good  of 

the  world,  we  must  not  look  to  our 

own  happiness.'* 

All  through  he  has  impressed  upon  their 

minds  the  idea  of  losing  their  personal  interest 

in  the  good  of  the  world.     He  has  exhorted  them 

to  consecrate  their  lives  for  the  good  of  the  whole 

world.     He  has  often  said  : 

**The  good  of  the  world  must  be  placed 
above   the   good   of   one's   own   or 
even    that    of    one's    friends    and 
relations." 
He  has  from  the  very  beginning  tried  to 
dispel  from  the  minds  of  his  disciples  by  his  own 
life  and  by  instructions,  all  ideas  of  provincial- 
ism.    He  wants  to  unite  the  East  and  the  West, 
the  North  and  the  South,  all  the  peoples  on  the 
face  of  the  earth  in  one  bond  of  Love. 
Time  and  again  has  he  proclaimed  : 

**The  wall  of  isolation  and  prejudice  set 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  13 

up  by  the  nations  of  the  earth  will 
soon  crumble  down  to  the  dust 
before  the  onrush  of  a  tidal  wave  of 
a  great  Idea  and  all  the  nations  of 
the  earth  will  take  part  in  a  joyous 
festivity  of  Love . ' ' 

Dayananda  recognized  the  fact  that  the  one 
permanent  basis  of  union  of  all  the  peoples  of 
the  world  could  be  and  must  be  Religion.  He 
has  declared  : 

**1  see  before  my  very  eyes — one 
Universal  Religion  has  been  the 
meeting  ground  of  the  East  and  the 
West — the  world  has  been  converted 
into  one  Universal  Brotherhood." 

He  has  laid  deep  the  foundation  of  this 
Universal  Brotherhood  in  his  Asrams:  and  he 
has  evolved  out  a  philosophy  which  is  the  syn- 
thesis of  all  the  philosophies  of  the  world.  It 
may  here  be  mentioned  that  he  has  had  very  little 
academic  education.  But,  as  he  himself  says, 
when  the  light  of  God  floods  the  human  heart, 
knowledge  comes  of  itself.     He  holds  : 

*  *The  cardinal  truths  arrived  at  by  know- 
ledge must  no  longer  be  the  basis  of 
2 


14  THE    master's    world-union    SCHEME 

intellectual  exercise  but  must  find 
expression  in  life. 
Dayananda  wants  not  the  betterment  of 
mankind  in  this  or  that  department  of  life.  He 
wants  a  root  and  branch  change  in  all  the  spheres 
of  life.  He  wants  to  build  the  world  anew. 
Dayananda  holds  that  happiness  is  a  spiritucJ 
condition  and  that  the  true  path  of  happiness  lies 
in  returning  to  the  Spirit — in  establishing  close 
relation  with  the  Great  Spirit.  From  this  it  is 
not  to  be  inferred  that  he  wants  this  material 
world  to  be  despised.  On  the  contrary,  he 
holds,  as  will  be  seen  from  above,  that  material 
well-being,  though  not  an  essential  condition  of 
happiness,  certainly  indirectly  contributes  to 
happiness.  Though  a  Hindu  Sannyasin,  he  has 
completely  discarded  the  idea  that  this  world  is 
Maya  (illusion)  and  to  promote  material  well- 
being  is  to  run  after  a  phantom.  Dayeinanda 
says : 

*  **The  world  is  not  a  thing  outside  the 
Supreme  Being — this  creation  is  a 
manifestation  of  the  Deity.  If  God 
is  true,  then  the  creation  also  is  true. 

*  Thakur  Dayananda  and  Arunachal  Mission. 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  13 

To  attempt  to  know  God  without 
knowing  the  world  as  an  expression 
of  God,  is  to  know  Him  but  im- 
perfectly.    Realization  of  God  will 
be  imperfect  if  this  creation  is  not 
realized  to  be  His  manifestation — ^to 
attempt  to  realize  this  creation  with- 
out at  the  same  time  realizing  the 
Creator  is  also  futile.     God  has  re- 
vealed Himself  in  His  Creation — so 
it  is  not  the  part  of  wisdom  to  despise 
or  neglect  it.'* 
**True  welfare  lies  in  harmony  between 
the  two,  spiritual  and  the  material. 
Spirituality    without    material   well- 
being  tends  to  decay  and  emascula- 
tion.    Materialism,  if  it  is  not  allied 
with  spiritual  realization,  if  it  is  not 
guided  and  controlled  by  spiritual 
force   will   bring   its   own   destruc- 
tion. 
Dayananda  desires  to  end  this  state  of  things 
by  bringing  about  a  complete  harmony  between 
the  spirit  and  the  matter.     This,  in  his  opinion, 
is  the  essential  condition  of  the  regeneration  of 
the    world.     He    has    boldly    declared    to    the 


16  THE    master's    world-union    SCHEME 

world  that  he  means  to  turn  the  whole  tide  of 
human  evolution  and  even  this  to  him  is  but 
child's  play.  He  has  declared  that  he  wants  to 
bring  about  a  complete  reconstruction  of  the 
human  society  from  the  spiritual,  political, 
economic  and  social  standpoint.  He  wants 
a  root  and  branch  change  of  the  existing  order 
of  human  society. 

Dayananda  says  mankind  must  be  knit  in 
one  bond  of  religion  before  there  could  be  union 
in  the  world.  God  is  one  and  religion  must  be 
one.  What  is  that  religion?  Is  it  Hinduism? 
No.  Is  it  Christianity?  No.  Is  it  Mahommedan- 
ism  or  Buddhism  ?  It  is  neither.  It  is  a  religion  of 
living  faith  in  God.  Religion  must  cease  to  be 
confined  within  the  scriptures  and  holy  books. 
Religion  must  cease  to  be  a  set  of  dogmas, 
repetition  of  cant  and  practice  of  rituals. 
Religion  must  not  be  a  thing  of  the  skin  but  of 
the  soul.  It  must  be  living  faith  and  realization 
of  the  Highest  Truth,  a  perpetual  consciousness 
of  the  existence  of  God,  a  perpetual  and 
conscious  striving  towards  Him. 

The  essential  truth  of  all  religions  must  be 
brought  out  and  made  familiar  to  the  whole 
human  race.     It  will  then  be  possible  for  us — 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  17 

whatever  may  be  the  particular  faith  we  profess, 
whatever  may  be  the  practice  that  we  follow — 
to  admire  the  fundamental  teachings  of  the 
others  and  to  be  profited  by  them.  The  lessons 
that  Christ  taught  by  his  life  are  the  common 
heritage  of  all  humanity.  So  also  with  other 
religions.  It  does  not  matter  which  temple  we 
worship  in,  so  long  as  we  worship  the  Father 
and  so  long  as  we  do  not  allow  the  forms  and 
rituals  to  take  the  place  of  the  Father,  so  long  as 
the  means  do  not  become  the  end.  TTiere  is 
nothing  in  Christianity  which  a  true  Hindu 
cannot  follow.  The  basic  truths  of  Hinduism 
are  for  all  mankind.  Hindus  regard  Buddha  as 
an  incarnation  of  God.  There  is  nothing  in  the 
fundamental  teachings  of  Mahommed  which  all 
mankind  cannot  accept  cind  revere.* 

Truth  is  one  and  eternal  and  Truth  has  been 

*  Various  movements  have  been  set  on  foot  by 
leaders  of  religious  thought  in  all  countries  to  sink 
religious  differences,  bury  religious  antagonism  and 
promote  Universal  Righteousness,  Brotherhood  and 
Peace.  Two  notable  movements  of  the  day  are  one, 
the  Society  for  a  League  of  Religions  in  England  and 
the  other,  the  International  Congress  of  Religious 
Liberals  in  America. 


18  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

revealed  to  all  true  seekers  in  all  ages  and  in  all 
countries.  Truth  is  limitless,  unfathomable. 
To  say  that  Truth  is  confined  only  in  Hinduism 
or  Buddhism  or  Christianity  or  Mahommedanism 
is  to  limit  Truth.  That  is  the  height  of  folly  and 
that  has  been  greatly  responsible  for  the  estrange- 
ment between  man  and  man.  The  different 
religions  that  we  find  in  the  world,  represent  but 
different  aspects  of  the  same  eternal  Truth. — 
Truth  descended  on  different  receptacles  in 
different  ages  and  countries  and  as  culture, 
country  and  receptacles  differ,  the  Truth  that 
passed  through  these  receptacles  took  different 
shape  and  form.  But  in  essence,  Truth  is  one 
and  it  is  that  one  Truth  that  humanity  must  seek 
and  realize  and  it  is  on  the  ever-growing  cons- 
cious realization  of  Truth  that  the  union  of  the 
world  must  be  based. 

The  Truth  that  Christ,  Mahommed, 
Buddha,  Confucius  and  other  founders  of  great 
religious  faiths  have  passed  on  to  the  world  are 
the  Truths  that  God  revealed  to  the  world 
through  them.  Each  of  them  is  a  representation 
of  Truth  but  each  of  them  may  not  be  the  whole 
Truth  nor  all  of  them  together.  For,  who  can 
measure  Truth?     Who  can  say  Truth  has  ex- 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  19 

hausted  Himself?  Who  can  say  Truth  will  not 
reveal  Himself  in  a  greater  and  fuller  degree  and 
in  a  different  form  in  this  age?  To  say  this  is 
Truth  and  that  is  not,  is  laughable.  It  is 
Avidya  (Ignorance). 

In  different  periods  of  human  evolution  God 
has  revealed  Himself  through  particular  instru- 
ments of  His,  who  reflected  His  Light  to 
men.  We  call  them  seers  and  saints  and  in- 
carnations or  Avatars,  according  to  the  light  they 
give.  These  are  the  great  founders  of  religious 
faiths.  It  is  the  work  of  these  Avatars  to  enable 
us  to  know  Him — by  their  immensely  superior 
spiritual  force,  specially  conferred  on  them  by 
God,  they  draw  us  nearer  to  Him.  We  cannot 
but  love  them  and  worship  them.  But  on  top 
of  them  all  is  God  our  common  Father.  We  may 
continue  to  follow  one  A  vatar  and  the  particular 
path  shown  by  Him, — profess  the  particular 
faith  propounded  by  Him,  according  to  our  tem- 
perament and  inclination  but  at  the  same  time  we 
must  love  those  who  choose  to  follow  any  other 
Avatar  and  any  other  faith,  for,  we  are  all 
children  of  God,  our  Father.  We  must  realize 
that  we  are  all  complementary  to  one  another — 
we  are  part  of  one  another — my  true  self  is  your 


20  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

true  self — ^we  are  really  one  and  the  same  for  we 
are  but  particles  of  His  Self.  We  emanated 
from  the  same  Being  and  all  our  striving  is  more 
and  more  to  live  in  the  same  Being.  In  this  New 
Era  this  truth  must  be  realized  to  the  fullest 
extent  and  once  we  realize  this  we  shall  see  how 
absurd  it  is  for  man  to  fight  with  man.  This 
realization  of  the  essential  one-ness  of  humanity 
will  help  us  to  love  one  another  and  to  live  for 
one  another  and  the  world-commonwealth  of  this 
New  Era  shall  be  the  symbol  and  expression  of 
this  realization. 

In  speaking  at  a  meeting  to  commemorate 
the  late  Lord  Gray,  in  the  early  part  of  January, 
1920,  Lord  Robert  Cecil  reviewed  the  world 
situation  and  observed:  ** There  cannot  be  real 
co-operation  without  altruism.  .  .  We  must 
sorrowfully  admit  that  after  twenty  centuries  of 
Christianity,  selfishness  is  still  one  of  the 
dominant  forces  of  mankind." 

What  is  true  of  Christians  is  more  or  less 
true  of  the  followers  of  other  religions  also.  The 
Hindus  attained  the  highest  Truth.  Why  did 
they  then  fall  from  that  height  of  glory? — that 
is  a  question  which  does  arise  in  our  mind.  The 
answer  that  in  the  West  they  were  essentially 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  21 

materialistic  and  in  the  East,  they  were  essential- 
ly spiritualistic  and  that  both  were  incomplete, 
is  quite  true.  But  the  Great  True  Being  who 
illumined  the  hearts  of  the  Hindus  with  know- 
ledge of  His  Spirit  and  the  hearts  of  the  people 
of  the  West  with  knowledge  of  matter,  could 
have,  if  He  willed,  given  the  Hindus  fuller 
knowledge  of  matter  also  and  the  West  deeper 
knowledge  of  His  Spirit  also — for  He  is  the  giver 
of  all  things,  He  is  the  giver  of  all  knowledge, 
spiritual  and  material.  Why  did  He  not  do 
that  ?  Why  did  He  not  make  us  perfect  ?  What 
was  the  purpose  behind  this?  It  is  for  no  man 
to  know  except  in  so  far  as  He  reveals  in  man's 
heart  that  purpose  of  His.  The  Hindu  concep- 
tion of  the  world  is  well  expressed  in  the  word 
Jagat,  which  means  *ever-moving\  This  world 
is  ever-changing — man  himself  is  ever  changing, 
his  environments  are  changing,  his  material  body 
is  changing,  while  his  spirit  also  is  not  always  the 
same,  for,  it  is  sometimes  shrouded  in  ignorance 
and  sometimes  illumined.  This  perpetual 
movement  they  divided  into  four  cycles  :  the 
Satya  Yuga  or  the  age  of  full  truth,  the  Treta 
Yuga  or  the  age  of  three-quarters  of  truth,  the 
Dwapar  Yuga  or  the  age  of  half  truth,  and  the 


22  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

Kali  Yuga  or  the  age  of  a  quarter.  When  this 
quarter  ends,  comes  again  the  age  of  full  truth. 
Why  this  perpetual  moving  in  a  cycle  God  alone 
knows.  All  that  mein  can  say  is  :  it  is  His  Lila, 
By  passing  through  all  these  conditions,  man  is 
all  the  better — he  is  equipped  with  fuller  know- 
ledge— he  knows  Truth  as  well  as  its  opposite, 
untruth,  and  knowing  both  he  prefers  Truth  to 
untruth.  In  their  highest  spiritucJ  development 
Hindu  sages  knew  when  each  period  of  the  cycle 
would  end  and  another  begin.  There  are 
various  Hindu  scriptures  where  the  time  is  given 
when  the  age  of  untruth  through  which  we  have 
just  passed,  would  end.  One  remarkable 
passage  in  the  Srimat  Bhagabat,  written  5,000 
years  ago,  says : 

**At  the  time  when  the  Moon,  the  Sun  and 
the  Jupiter  are  in  conjunction  in  Pushy  a 
in  the  Zodiacal  sign  of  Cancer,  the  Satya  Yuga 
begins.*** 

^j^TT^  ^*)«<Pri  *rf^TBaff^  ?t^  iscr^  I 

(12th  Canto,  2ncl  Chap.  24th  verse.) 

*  Indian   astrologers   also   draw   attention  to   the 

presence  of  a  bright  star  in  the  prolongation  of  a  line 

parallel  to  the  Junction  Star  Atair  (Srabana)  a  bit  far 

off  from  it,  in  the  Zodiacal  sign  Capricorn  which  was 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  23 

This  combination  took  place  on  27th  July, 
1919  and  Indian  astrologers  tell  us  the  last 
occasion  it  took  place,  previous  to  this,  was  on 
the  eve  of  the  Battle  of  Kurukshetra,  5000  years 
ago. 

In  this  connection,  many  will  also  remember 
the  striking  message  which  Count  Tolstoi  deli- 
vered in  which  he  predicted  the  passing  of  the 
present  Commercial  Order  of  society  and  the 
triumph  of  Religion  and  Truth. 

Dayananda*s  conception  of  progress  of 
human  society  is  the  progress  of  each  and  every 
individual  member  of  the  human  family  and  not 
the  well-being  of  only  a  few.  He  holds  decided 
views  as  regards  the  present  capitalistic  system 
of  society.     He  says  : 

visible  in  1919  and  1920.  This  star  was  also  visible 
when  Peace  was  completely  established  at  the  end 
of  the  Kurukshetra  War.  Astrologers  tell  us  again, 
India  being  under  the  direct  influence  of  the  Sign 
Capricorn  which  indicates  peace  and  religion,  it  is 
presumed  India  shall  have  a  leading  part  in  the 
establishment  of  the  coming  world  peace.  This, 
however,  will  be  not  without  difficulty  and  obstruction 
— as  the  star  is  endowed  with  influence  similar  to  that 
of  Mars  and  Venus.  *  - 


24  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

**Trade,    industry    and    commerce    may 
prosper,  there  may  be  a  continuous 
flow    of     wealth,     education     may 
spread  to  the  remotest  corners,  great 
scientific  discoveries  may  be  made — 
and  yet,  not  one  of  them  nor  all  of 
them  may  be  a  true  index  of  the  real 
progress  of  a   country.     True   pro- 
gress of  a  country  must  be  judged  by 
the   fact   whether   these   things   are 
tending  to  promote  the  well-being  of 
each  and  every  member  of  society. 
Everything  must  be  judged  by  this 
standard   and   this   standard   alone. 
The  whole  conception  of  humanity 
in     regard     to     matters     political, 
economic     and     social      must     be 
altered." 
He  has  evolved  a  new  doctrine  of  political 
philosophy,  of  economics  and  sociology  based 
on  the  Fatherhood  of  God  and  Brotherhood  of 
man,  a  new  ethical  code  based  on  the  eternal 
truths  of  religion. 

Dayananda  stands  for  equality  between  man 
and  man  and  between  man  and  woman.  He 
says  : 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  25 

**We  are  the  children  of  the  same  Father, 
there     can     be     no     discrimination 
between  man   and   man — no   secta- 
rianism— none  of  those  differences 
which    separate    man    from    man, 
nation  from  nation." 
He  values  patriotism  in  so  far  as  it  is  love 
of  one's  own  country  but  he  wants  to  demolish 
that    patriotism    which    is    another    name    for 
national     arrogance,     vanity     and     selfishness. 
Patriotism  which  hurts  other  peoples  is  a  sin 
against  God.     Patriotism  which  wants  to  benefit 
one  people  at  the  expense  of  another  is  an  evil 
which  must  be  rooted  out.     Even  that  love  which 
is  confined  within  the  bounds  of  one's  country  is 
a  small  thing.     Human  heart  must  expand,  his 
love  shall  transcend  the  bounds  of  country  and 
race  and  extend  to  the  whole  world. 

This  union  of  mankind  which  Dayananda 
wants  to  bring  about  is  not  by  obliterating  God's 
infinite  variety,  not  by  discarding  different 
languages  in  favour  of  one,  not  by  fusing 
different  cultures  and  moulding  different 
habits,  customs  and  ways  of  life  into  one 
homogeneous  whole.  But  this  union  v^U  be 
effected  in  spite  of  these  differences.    This  union 


26  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

will  be  effected  on  the  basis  of  the  greatest 
common  factor  of  humanity,  viz,,  God,  our 
common  Father,  our  true  common  Self.  When 
love  fills  every  heart,  these  differences  the  eye 
shall  fail  to  detect. 

There  shall  be  different  nationalities  as 
there  are  different  types  and  cultures.  Each  will 
grow  and  develop  all  the  better  by  coming  in 
contact  with  the  rest  and  when  they  have 
developed,  they  will  approximate  each  other, 
without  ceasing  to  be  themselves. 

Dayananda  is  uncompromisingly  in  favour 
of  giving  equal  rights  to  women.  Of  all  things 
that  have  received  his  greatest  attention  and 
consideration,  there  is  none  more  than  the 
position  and  status  of  women.  He  has  shed 
many  a  tear  whenever  he  has  spoken  of  their 
degraded  and  inferior  position  in  society, 
especially  in  the  East.  Dayananda  is  for  giving 
women  equal  opportunities  with  men.  He  says 
the  position  and  status  of  women  must  be 
absolutely  equal  with  that  of  men — not  a  whit 
inferior.     He  says  : 

** Without  an  awakening  amongst  women, 
without  simultaneous  and  true  pro- 
gress amongst  them^  no  society,  no 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  27 

race  can  ever  live  or  progress.  It  is 
good  mothers  that  C£in  properly  rear 
up  children — it  is  capable  house- 
wives that  can  make  society  healthy 
and  well-regulated.  To  keep 
women  confined  within  the  four 
walls  is  to  put  a  bar  on  their  physical 
growth  and  retard  their  healthy 
development.  Not  only  this.  It 
limits  their  mental  vision,  curbs 
their  faculties  and  cripples  their 
powers.  It  chokes  up  the  fountain 
of  their  thought,  hope  and  action  and 
ultimately  reduces  them  to  the  posi- 
tion of  mere  automatons.  And 
consequently,  they  are  often  a  drag, 
and  an  obstacle  in  the  path  of  true 
social  progress.  Women  must  be 
rescued  from  this  degraded  and 
degrading  position  and  lifted  to  a 
plane  as  high  as  that  of  men.** 

TTiis  reformation  is  one  of  the  main  things 
that  he  has  come  for. 

Dayananda  says  : 

**The  veil  of  women  must  be  lifted,  they 
must  be  allowed  their  proper  place 


28  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

in  the  free,  open  and  unrestricted 
field  of  action,  just  by  the  side  of 
men  and  by  proper  education  and 
training,  both  rehgious  and  secular, 
their  hidden  powers  awakened  and 
set  free.  To  rear  up  children  and 
regulate  the  household  must  not  be 
the  only  goal  of  woman's  existence. 
They  must  rise  to  the  same  spiritual 
height  as  men,  they  must  lead  lives 
of  devotion  and  piety — they  must  be 
taught  to  think  not  in  terms  of  the 
little  household  alone  but  of  the 
whole  world  of  which  they  are 
citizens,  they  must  be  taught  to 
think  not  of  friends  and  relations 
alone  but  of  the  whole  of  Humanity 
who  are  as  much  their  friends  and 
relations.  They  also  must  conse- 
crate their  lives  to  the  service  of  the 
Lord  and  Humanity." 
Dayananda  holds  : 

** Women  must  know  the  Truth — they 
must  know  the  Supreme  Being,  they 
must  have  direct  and  close  com- 
munion with  the  Fountain  of  Eternal 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  29 

Bliss  and  themselves  be  blessed. 
They  must  be  powerful  physically, 
mentally  and  morally.  They  must 
be  able  to  save  themselves  from  all 
that  is  unholy,  impious  and  eviL 
Men  must  cease  to  look  upon  them 
as  objects  of  pleasure  and  enjoy- 
ment or  as  objects  to  be  shunned  in 
the  path  of  spiritual  progress — Man 
must  look  upon  woman  fully  as  his 
peer  and  fellow-worker  in  the  cause 
of  humanity.  Their  position,  training 
and  attainments  must  be  such  as  will 
enable  them  to  extort  respect  and 
homage  as  they  did  in  ancient  India. 
Women  must  not  be  a  source  of 
weakness  but  a  source  of  strength. 
They  must  be  a  force  in  society,  a 
bulwark  against  wrong,  unholiness 
and  immorality. ' ' 
Dayananda  wants  to  remodel  the  whole 
institution  of  Marriage  on  the  basis  of  the  eternal 
relation  between  man  and  woman.  Married  life 
in  most  countries  is  another  name  for  slavery  and 
even  in  those  countries  where  woman   stands 

more  or  less  on  the  same  footing  as  mem,  man  is 
.       3 


30  THE  master's  worud-union  scheme 

the  predominant  partner,  and  that  predominance 
arises  out  of  the  fact  that  it  is  he  who  is  the 
stronger  of  the  two,  it  is  he  who  feeds 
and  clothes  the  family.  This  dependence  of 
one  on  the  other  stands  in  the  way  of  true  love. 
Love  is  true  only  when  it  is  unconditional,  when 
it  is  not  vitiated  by  the  slightest  expectation  of 
advantage  or  gain  or  anything.  In  the  ideal 
state  of  society  that  Dayananda  wants  to  bring 
into  existence,  woman  shall  no  longer  be 
dependent  on  man,  she  will  be  a  full  and  free 
citizen  receiving  in  her  own  right  all  that  she 
wants  for  herself  and  for  the  children. 

Marriage  has  been  and  will  continue  to  be 
a  necessary  institution.  The  union  of  a  man  and 
a  woman  is  necessary  for  their  mutual  unfold- 
ment,  for  enabling  them  to  taste  of  the  infinite 
Rasa  of  God,  one  through  the  other. 

Next  to  the  position  of  women,  the  thing 
that  has  received  Dayananda's  attention  is  the 
domination  of  class  over  class.  He  has  felt 
keenly  for  the  sub-merged  classes,  the  great  bulk 
of  the  people  called  the  *  lower'  strata.  He  has 
often  said : 

**In   this    New   Era,    God   will    manifest 
Himself    amongst    the    submerged 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  31 

classes.    Great     religious     teachers 
will  rise  from  their  ranks.** 

He  has  bestowed  great  care  and  attention 
on  the  training  of  people  coming  from  this  class 
of  society. 

In  many  of  these  matters  he  is  in  complete 
agreement  with  the  Socialistic  school  of 
Thought.  But  his  aim  is  higher  by  far  inasmuch 
as  it  is  more  cpmprehensive — it  is  all-embracing, 
it  has  extended  beyond  the  limits  of  country, 
race  and  nationality — it  has  concerned  itself  with 
the  whole  human  race  and  with  every  sphere  of 
life,  each  and  every  activity  of  the  human  mind. 
But  the  chief  difference  between  the  ideal  of 
Dayananda  and  Socialism  lies  in  this  :  Socialists 
look  upon  a  change  based  on  Socialistic  prin- 
ciples as  an  end  in  itself.  Dayananda  wants  this 
change  as  a  means  to  an  end,  that  end  being  the 
attainment  of  Godhood.  The  difference  extends 
to  method  also.  Socialists  Wcint  a  change  from 
without.  Dayananda  wants  a  change  from  within 
as  well  as  from  without.  Socialists  want  to  bring 
into  existence  liberty,  equality  and  fraternity 
through  Parliamentary  institutions,  if  possible 
and  by  recourse  to  violence,  if  need  be.* 

*  It  may  be  noted  here  that  the  British  Socialist 


32  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

Dayananda  says : 

**They  are  pursuing  the  wrong  track. 
Liberty,  equality,  and  fraternity 
sheJI  never  be  established  on  earth 
by  bloodshed.  The  only  means  to 
that  end  is  spiritual  force  and  love.*' 

He  says  : 

**The  fruit  of  bliss  does  not  grow  on  the 
tree  of  poison.  They  have  begun 
at  the  wrong  end.  They  are  trying 
to  wipe  off  mud  with  muddy  water." 

Dayananda  says  the  goal  of  human  exist- 
ence is  the  enjoyment  of  perpetual  bliss.  In 
view  of  that  the  whole  structure  of  society, 
political,  economic  cind  social  must  be  changed 
so  as  to  improve  the  conditions  of  life  in  society 
in  such  a  way  that  man  may  be  free  from  cares 
and  anxieties.  The  physical  condition  under 
which  man  lives  must  not  distract  his  attention 


Party  stands  for  peaceful  revolution.  TKey  have 
definitely  disavowed  violence.  Those  Socialist 
parties  who  have  joined  the  Moscow  International 
are  openly  for  violence.  Mr.  Ramsay  Macdonald 
says  the  B.  S.  P.  and  Moscow  like  water  and  oil» 
won't  mix. 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS  LAID  33 

from  the  path  of  spiritual  pursuit, — ^it  must  not 
bring  him  down  from  the  height  of  spiritual  bliss 
to  the  grosser  plane  of  physical  wants  and 
physical  comforts.  It  must  in  every  way  be  an 
aid  and  not  an  obstacle  in  the  path  of  man's 
spiritual  progress. 

But  there  is  one  other  cause  which  disturbs 
man's  happiness  and  that  is  separation  from  neai 
and  dear  ones  at  death,  or  in  other  words  fear  of 
death. 

Dayananda  says : 

**To  complete  human  happiness,  meui's 
fear  of  death  must  be  removed.'* 

He  wants  to  place  spiritualism  on  a  scientific 
basis — to  link  the  Sthula  (gross)  with  the 
Sukhma  (subtle).  He  wants  to  make  the  great 
unknown  region  where  man  passes  after  death 
perfectly  known  so  that  he  will  know  that  on 
death  he  only  passes  from  one  stage  of  his 
existence  to  another.  It  is  when  man  fully 
realizes  that  the  annihilation  of  the  physical  body 
is  not  really  his  annihilation — that  his  soul  does 
not  die — it  is  immortal — it  is  then  that  death  loses 
all  terror  for  him.  The  same  process  of  unfold- 
ment  of  the  soul  that  goes  on  on  this  ecurth 
continues  after  death  also.     In  the  case  of  beings 


34  THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

of  the  higher  order,  death  only  liberates  them 
from  a  narrow  and  restricted  sphere  to  a  wider, 
unfettered  and  brighter  state.  Released  from 
the  limitations  of  the  flesh,  they  are  enabled  to  do 
greater  good  to  humanity.  Man  must  be  made 
to  realize  that  separation  on  death  is  more 
apparent  than  real  and  that  when  man  rises  to 
a  spiritual  height  communication  between  him 
and  the  departed  soul  is  possible  as  it  is  possible 
between  two  men  on  this  earth. 

Since  the  conclusion  of  the  war,  there  has 
been  a  great  resurgence  of  faith  in  the  survival  of 
the  human  personality  after  death.  The  yearn- 
ing of  the  human  soul  for  communicating  with 
the  loved  one,  who  has  left  this  mortal  frame 
could  not  be  suppressed  by  its  condemnation  on 
the  ground  of  its  being  opposed  to  established 
religious  faiths.  In  spite  of  deceptions  practised 
by  unscrupulous  people,  faith  in  spiritualism  is 
intensifying.  This  is  only  an  indication  of  the 
fact  that  the  time  is  coming  when  the  link 
between  Sthula  and  Sukhma  will  be  found  and 
these  will  be  proved  to  be  but  two  stages  of  the 
same  existence.  In  our  Asram  we  have  got 
voluminous  records  of  messages  received  from 
the  other  world,  concerning  the  speedy  coming 


HOW  THE  BEGINNING  WAS   LAID  35 

of  the  New  Era.  This  subject  alone  requires 
special  treatment  which,  if  Go3  wills,  will  form 
the  subject-matter  of  a  separate  book. 

I  have  endeavoured  to  set  out  the  ideal  that 
Dayananda  has  held  forth  before  the  world  by 
quoting  some  of  his  utterances  and  in  the  light  of 
his  life,  as  he  has  revealed  himself  to  me.  To 
properly  understand  the  ideal  of  a  man,  it  is 
necessary  to  know  the  man  himself.  It  is  im- 
possible to  separate  the  idealist  from  the  ideal. 
1  have  written  something  of  the  ideal  but  to  write 
of  the  idealist  is  beyond  my  powers.  1  will  only 
content  myself  with  a  short  account  of  the  events 
that  led  up  to  the  presentation  of  the  scheme 
of  world-union. 

Such  is  the  ideal  that  Dayananda  set  forth 
twelve  years  ago  before  the  world,  an  unbeliev- 
ing world,  a  world  lost  in  materialism.  And 
how  did  the  world  receive  him  and  his  ideal? 
TTie  world  was  taken  aback  at  the  strangeness 
of  the  note  that  he  struck.  Some  said  he  was 
mad,  some  said  he  was  a  wild  idealist,  some 
said  he  was  a  dangerous  enemy  of  society  and 
morality — a  seditionist,  an  anarchist  and  so 
forth.     But  more  of  this  hereafter. 

As  to  his  ideas,  they  were  declared  to  be 


36  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

wild,  phantastic,  absurd  and  impractical — 
things  that  will  never  come  into  being.  But 
to-day?  To-day,  the  world  has  changed  in- 
credibly and  is  still  more  changing  marvellously 
rapidly  and  steadily  tending  towards  that  state 
of  things  desired  by  Thakur  Dayananda.  How 
and  in  what  respects,  we  shall  see. 

In  the  following  chapter  we  shall  see  how 
Dayananda  set  to  work  out  his  ideal. 


in 

HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK. 
The  Power  of  Thought. 
Arunachal  Asram — the  embodiment  of 
His    Thought. 

Never  before  had  all  these  great  ideas  been 
conceived  in  one  comprehensive  view,  as  parts 
of  the  same  central  idea  viz.,  the  bestowal  of  full, 
complete  and  unending  bliss  on  mankind  by  a 
harmonious  blending  of  the  spiritual  with  the 
material.  Never  before,  also,  had  the  idea 
been  conceived  of  making  God  the  spring  of  all 
our  actions,  the  one  source  and  one  goal  of  all 
our  energies  and  activities,  of  placing  God  in 
the  front  of  all  our  actions.  Never  before  also 
had  the  idea  come  of  uniting  mankind  in  one 
Universal  Religion,  in  one  common  political  and 
economic  administration  on  the  basis  of  perfect 
equality  between  man  and  man,  and,  man  and 
woman, — or  in  other  words,  of  uniting  mankind 
on  the  basis  of  the  Fatherhood  of  God  and 
Brotherhood  of  man.  The  inception  of  this 
ideal  was  not  the  result  of  a  fanciful  imagination 


38  THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

or  of  the  wild  eccentricities  of  a  quixotic  mind. 
It  was  the  result  of  closest  communion  and 
perfect  one-ness  with  God — it  was  the  result  of 
profound  faith  in  the  destiny  of  mankind — ^it  was 
the  result  of  unbounded  sympathy  and  im- 
measurable love  of  a  Sannyasin  for  humanity. 
It  was  not  the  result  of  a  close  study  of  history, 
past  or  modern,  it  was  the  idea  of  a  man  who 
had  no  knowledge  of  history,  as  people  under- 
stand it.  It  was  not  the  intelligent  anticipation  of 
a  clever  mind — it  was  the  reading  of  the  future  by 
one  before  whom  the  whole  future  was  an  open 
book,  from  whose  vision  nothing  was  shut  off. 
It  was  the  assertion  of  a  man  who  knew  what  he 
could  do  and  what  he  would  do.  It  was  the 
setting  out  of  a  programme  by  one  who  meant 
action.  It  was  the  solemn  resolve  of  a  man  wha 
would  turn  the  whole  tide  of  human  evolution, 
who  would  send  humanity  to  a  new  path  of 
glorious  quest  and  glorious  heritage. 

But  how  did  Dayananda  mean  to  carry  his 
ideal  into  practice?  He  is  a  Sannyasin  with  no 
earthly  power,  no  earthly  means,  no  world-wide 
name  and  fame,  no  worldly  position.  No,  he 
had  none  of  these.  But  he  had  one  thing  which 
more     than     compensated    for    all    these    put 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  39 

together.  He  has  given  himself  wholly  to  God, 
he  lives,  moves  and  has  his  being  in  God — ^he 
has  merged  himself,  so  to  say,  in  God.  He  has 
no  will  separate  from  the  will  of  God.  He  does 
nothing  except  at  the  command  of  God,  says 
nothing  which  he  is  not  bidden  to  say.  He  has 
lost  his  self  and  is  one  with  God.  All  his  ideas 
and  thoughts  emanate  from  God.  Consequently 
his  ideas  are  not  the  impotent  theories  of  a 
visionary,  no  pious  hope  of  an  altruist,  no  tall 
talk  of  a  statesman. 

Behind  the  history  of  human  evolution, 
there  is  a  divine  purp>ose  wRich  is  being  worked 
out.  The  history  of  human  evolution  is  a 
history  of  the  evolution  of  ideas  and  thoughts. 
Ideas  and  Thoughts  have  changed  as  ages  have 
changed.  Sages  and  seers  have  come  in  suc- 
ceeding ages,  who  have  been  the  Adhars 
(receptacles)  of  great  ideas  and  thoughts,  on 
whom  descended  Great  Thoughts.  In  different 
ages  God  has  revealed  Himself  in  the  ideas, 
thoughts  and  actions  of  these  sages  and  seers, 
these  Avatars  or  the  chosen  of  the  Lord.  They 
have  been  the  exponents  of  these  noble  ideas  and 
thoughts.  They  have  been  the  instruments  of 
God  through  whom  great  ideas  and  thoughts 


40  THE  master's  worlx>-union  SCHE\a 

have  been  passed  on  to  lesser  ones  and  from 
them  again  to  the  world  at  large  and  in  this  way 
these  ideas  and  thoughts  have  filtered  down  to 
the  common  people,  have  permeated  them  and 
changed  their  lives  and  the  course  of  their 
actions.  The  events  in  human  history  record 
how  human  ideas  have  changed  from  age  to 
age — the  supreme  passion  for  freedom,  love  of 
one*s  own  country,  protection  of  the  weak  and 
helpless,  resisting  wrong  and  oppression,  up- 
holding honour  and  dispensing  justice,  devotion 
to  religion,  adherence  to  truth  and  faith  and  so 
forth — one  of  these  or  a  combination  of  some 
of  these  has  been  the  dominant  ideal  of  parti- 
cular ages.  And  the  dominant  ideal  of  the  New 
Era  is  Universal  Love. 

In  ancient  India,  they  attained  to  the  con- 
ception of  the  highest  spiritual  truth.  They 
worshipped,  and  held  communion  with  Bhuma 
(the  Universal  Being)  which  gave  a  universaJ 
aspect  to  their  lives  and  actions.  They  had 
knowledge  of  Brahma  (the  Supreme  Being). 
But  the  attainment  of  the  highest  spiritual  truth 
was  not  sufficient.  Consequently,  they  had  to 
wait  for  the  fullest  development  of  materialism, 
— and  for  the  rest  of  the  world  to  get  ready  to 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  41 

receive  their  spiritual  truths.  All  the  \^ile 
India  was  conserving  her  spiritual  force  in  anti- 
cipation of  the  coming  of  the  day.  The  day  has 
come  at  last. 

Thought  is  the  most  real  of  all  realities,  and 
is  a  more  potent  factor  in  human  evolution  than 
any  material  agency.  There  is  not  a  noble 
thought  that  dies,  not  a  noble  thought  but  will 
some  day  make  converts.  Great  ideas  and 
thoughts  are  active  spiritual  forces.  They  move 
from  point  to  point,  pass  on  from  soul  to  soul 
and  transmigrate  from  country  to  country,  from 
one  continent  to  another.  The  distance  to  which 
radio  messages  can  be  transmitted  varies  with 
the  amount  of  electric  current  available.  Such 
may  be  said  to  be  the  case  also  with  the  trans- 
mission of  Thought.  Thoughts  in  themselves  are 
dynamic  forces  and  they  acquire  additional  im- 
petus from  the  spiritual  force  of  the  thinker,  from 
the  love  that  he  bears  to  humanity.  The  greater 
the  thought,  the  greater  is  its  force,  the  nobler 
the  thought,  the  greater  is  the  inspiration  and 
more  the  power  of  making  converts  of  others. 
The  thought  of  conferring  the  greatest  good  on 
the  whole  human  race,  that  comes  out  of  a  truly 
selfless  soul,  a  soul  that  has  transformed  itself 


42  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

into  burning  love  for  mankind — that  thought  has 
infinite  power  and  force,  h  is  unconquerable, 
it  is  invincible,  it  is  irresistible. 

Great  thoughts  have  the  power  of  displacing 
and  extinguishing  small  thoughts.  People 
intuitively  prefer  the  greater  to  the  smaller — 
they  cannot  but  do  that — that  is  in  their  very 
nature.  Consciously  or  unconsciously,  some- 
times even  against  their  very  inclination,  people 
accept  Great  Thoughts,  follow  the  course  that 
this  Great  Thought  points  to  them  and  work  in 
that  direction. 

As  soon  as  a  great  Thought  is  transmitted 
to  the  world,  it  creates  disturbance  in  the 
Thought  world.  It  stirs  the  thought  world  to 
its  deepest  depth  and  lets  loose  the  lesser 
thoughts.  These  come  to  the  surface,  struggle 
and  resist  and  ultimately  transform  themselves 
and  become  part  of  the  Greatest.  This  is  what 
has  happened. 

Twelve  years  ago  Dayananda  sent  out  his 
Thought,  this  grandest  of  all  grand  thoughts  to 
the  world.  This  Thought  has  wrought  its  way 
into  millions  of  hearts  to-day,  being  aided  in  its 
work  of  conversion  by  world  circumstances 
which  have  forced  men  to  look  inward,  beyond 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  43 

matter  to  the  spirit  and  which  have  thus  made 
them  fit  to  receive  this  grand  message.  Great 
souls  have  already  caught  this  message  and  as  for 
lesser  ones,  it  is  striking  hard  against  the  doors  of 
their  mind,  v^hich  are  sure  to  open  before  long. 
And  to-day  what  tangible  results  do  we  see 
around  us?  That  a  New  Era  is  coming  into 
existence  none  can  deny.  That  the  forces  of 
evil  are  on  their  last  legs  is  apparent  even  to  the 
most  casual  observer.  That  a  newer,  nobler 
and  brighter  future  is  opening  up  before  us — 
even  the  unintelligent  masses  are  vaguely 
conscious.  In  all  quarters  of  the  globe,  kings 
and  kingdoms  are  fading  out  of  existence. 
Tyrants  and  oppressors  are  falling  every  day  like 
the  dry  leaves  of  a  tree  in  the  autumn ;  the  people 
are  loudly  clamouring  for  their  rights.  They  are 
coming  unto  their  own. 

Leaders  of  thought  are  now  talking  not  in 
terms  of  patriotism  or  nationalism  but  in  terms 
of  internationalism,  International  Peace  and 
International  Brotherhood.  The  abolition  of 
Militarism  is  now  on  everybody's  lips.  While 
some  blessed  ones  have  clearly  recognised  the 
fact  that  the  forces  of  disintegration  will  yield 
only  to  spiritual  force,  that  materialism  cannot 


44  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

satisfy  the  human  soul,  it  has  had  its  chance  and 
it  has  failed — the  time  has  now  come  when  we 
must  return  to  the  Spirit  and  strengthen  ourselves 
with  spiritual  power.  That  religion  and  religion 
alone  can  bind  and  keep  the  peoples  of  the  world 
together  is  beginning  dimly  to  dawn  upon  the 
vision  of  leaders  of  thought.  They  are  now 
talking  of  bringing  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  on 
earth, — of  a  clear  recognition  and  full  realiza- 
tion of  the  Fatherhood  of  God  as  the  only  basis 
on  which  to  build  the  new  world  society  of 
peoples  as  the  only  guarantee  against  human 
society  lapsing  again  into  its  old  evil  ways. 
These  are  some  of  the  manifestations  of  the  New 
Era  that  is  now  coming  into  existence.  This 
is  the  result  of  Thought,  of  Great  Thought,  of 
the  Greatest  Thought  that  has  ever  crossed 
human  mind. 

The  fulfilment  of  Thought  is  in  action. 
Thought  is  bound  to  result  in  action.  Thought 
is  greater  than  action.  Thought  travels  swiftly 
even  to  the  remotest  corners  of  the  globe.  It 
works  subtly,  unseen  and  unconsciously.  There 
is  no  limit  to  the  scope  of  thought.  Action  is 
Thought  in  physical  body,  as  it  were.  Action 
is  more  crude,  limited  in  its  scope  and  power  of 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  45 

affecting  other  people.  Thought  easily  affects 
the  more  sensitive  instruments — the  more  spiri- 
tual, the  believing  and  thinking  mind.  While 
there  are  others  whose  minds  are  less  sensitive 
and  respond  less  to  subtle  thought  and  more  to 
crude  action. 

First  comes  thought.  It  then  finds  expression 
in  speech  and  then  in  action.  But  more  often 
than  not  we  find  people  uttering  excellent  ideas 
but  owing  to  want  of  spiritual  force,  not  daring 
to  reduce  them  into  action.  In  his  case, 
Dayananda,  having  given  this  thought  to  the 
world,  proceeded  at  once  to  translate  it  into 
action.  He  founded  the  order  of  Brotherhood 
known  as  the  Arunachal  Mission,  as  the  embodi- 
ment of  his  ideals,  as  an  epitome  of  the  world 
society  that  he  intended  to  establish.  It  was 
then  that  he  declared  his  object  to  a  bewildered 
world. 

By  the  end  of  the  year  1906  (Pons,  131 3)  a 
band  of  followers,  earnest  seekers  after  spiritual 
knowledge  had  collected  round  Dayananda  at 
Silchar,  Assam.  At  this  time  the  proposal  was 
to  establish  an  Asranr*  on  a  hillock,  3  miles  from 

*  An  Asram  is  a  religious  household,  where  the 
4 


46  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

the  town  of  Silchar,  on  the  bank  of  the  River 
Barak  and  overlooking  the  Assam  Bengal 
Railway.  It  is  a  beautiful  spot,  calm  and  quiet 
and  free  from  the  turmoil  of  the  town.  The  idea 
however  took  some  time  to  materialise  and  it  was 
on  the  last  day  of  Pous  1315  (Jan.  13th,  1909) 
that  the  Arunachal  Asram  was  founded. 

The  Mission  started  originally  with  6  or  7 
inmates  living  in  the  Asram  and  a  number  of 
others  who  lived  in  their  own  homes  in  Silchar 
town  and  elsewhere.  The  object  of  the  Mission 
was  to  bring  about  a  religious  revival,  to  afford 
training  and  discipline  to  all  seekers  after  Truth 
with  a  view  to  make  direct  realization  possible. 
The  object  of  the  Mission  was  further  to  inculcate 
the  idea  of  the  essential  unity  of  the  human  race, 
to  promote  brotherly  feeling  amongst  all  the 
races  and  peoples,  holding  diverse  faiths. 

Being  attracted  by  his  love,  his  force  of 
character,  his  piety,  his  high  religious  attain- 

primary  duty  is  to  realize  God  by  proper  training  and 
discipline  and  earnest  efforts.  The  ordinary  duties  of 
a  household  are  not  neglected  but  these  are  made 
subservient  to  the  primary  object.  Everything  that  is 
done  is  done  with  a  view  to  facilitate  the  pursuit  of 
Truth. 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  47 

ments,  his  great  spiritual  force  and  above  all,  by 
the  maddening  charm  of  his  personality,  people 
began  to  swarm  round  him,  young  and  old, — 
men,  women  and  children.  Some  of  them 
became  his  disciples  and  joined  the  Mission. 
Some  came  to  live  in  the  Asram.  In  this  way 
three*  more  Asrams  grew  up  in  course  of  time 
in  different  parts  of  the  country  and  more  people 
became  his  disciples.  His  disciples  may  be 
classed  as  coming  under  two  heads  :  one  class 
took  their  permanent  abode  in  the  Asrams, 
among  whom  were  men  with  their  wives, 
mothers,  daughters  and  other  relations.  To  the 
other  class  belonged  men  and  women  who 
lived  in  society,  pursued  their  ordinary  avoca- 
tions of  life  and  followed  the  teachings  of  the 
Mission  in  their  every  day  life,  keeping  them- 
selves in  close  touch  with  the  Master  and  the 
Mission. 

The  A  srams  have  been  the  meeting  ground 
of  people  of  different  castes,  sects  and  even  of 
men  holding  different  religious  faiths.  They 
live  together,  mix  with  one  another  and  move  as 

t  Another,  a  fifth  one,  the  Lila  Mandir  has  since 
been  founded  at  Deoghar. 


48  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

members  of  one  common  family.  Some  of  his 
disciples  are  Mahommedans,  who  have  joined 
the  Asram  without  ceasing  to  be  Mahommedans. 
The  one  thing  that  has  kept  together  so  many 
different  people  with  all  the  differences  between 
man  and  man  is  a  living  faith  in  the  Fatherhood 
of  God  and  Brotherhood  of  man.  The  lesson  that 
Dayananda  has  taught  them  is :  God  is  my 
Father,  every  man  my  brother,  every  woman  my 
sister  and  the  highest  form  of  religion  is  to  love 
God  in  man. 

Every  member  of  the  Asram  has  his  or  her 
own  peculiar  method  of  spiritual  development 
prescribed  by  the  Master.  But  the  one  common 
mode  of  worship  is  Sankirtan,  In  this  way 
selfishness  and  sectarianism  have  been  driven 
away  from  the  minds  of  all  and  they  have  learnt 
to  know  each  other,  respect  the  feelings  and 
sentiments  of  each  other  and  to  love  each  other. 

Thus  the  Asrams  have  become  places  of 
training  for  the  realization  of  the  highest  religious 
truths  and  of  practising  them  in  life  by  the  in- 
dividual, according  to  fitness.  There  is  no 
teaching  of  abstract  principles  but  what  is 
practised  by  the  Master  cind  the  members  of  the 
Asrams,     Nothing  is  dictated  or  imposed  from 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  49 

outside  but  the  mind  of  the  seeker  is  enlarged 
more  and  more  to  grasp  what  truth  he  ceui.  The 
seeker  is  only  put  on  the  road  to  know  the  highest 
truth  for  himself  and  to  practise  this  in  his  life. 
The  very  atmosphere  of  the  A  sram  is  such  as  to 
exert  an  elevating  influence  on  the  mind  of  every 
body.  God  is  the  goal  of  every  member  of  the 
A  sram  and  all  his  struggle  and  all  his  efforts  are 
to  know  Him  and  to  live  in  Him.  Dayananda 
says  when  the  human  soul  is  truly  anxious  to 
know  God,  God  does  reveal  Himself  to  that 
ardent  soul. 

The  A  sram  is  a  big  household  where  Love 
reigns  supreme.  In  ordinary  households  now- 
a-days  there  is  no  unity  amongst  the  different 
members — brother  separates  from  brother,  father 
from  son,  husband  from  wife.  And  the  reason 
is  the  absence  of  true  and  selfless  love.  Love 
is  not  the  predominant  factor  in  their  relations. 
But  here,  in  the  A  sram  they  live  in  perfect  peace 
and  amity.  For,  they  have  learnt  to  love  each 
other.  They  have  learnt  to  love  God  and 
having  learnt  to  love  God,  love  for  brothers  and 
sisters  has  come  naturally  and  easily  to  them. 
Dayananda  has  infused  this  love  into  their 
hearts.     Under  his  guidance  and  by  contact  with 


50  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

his  holy  personality,  love  for  the  self  is  dis- 
appearing from  their  minds  and  making  room  for 
love  for  others.  They  have  been  rescued  from 
all  that  is  mean,  petty  and  evil — their  hearts  are 
enlarging,  their  ideas  broadening  and  their 
vision  expanding.  Through  his  grace,  they  have 
tasted  of  bliss  and  their  appetite  for  this  bliss  is 
grov/ing  all  the  more.  A  new  and  wonderful 
world  has  opened  up  before  their  vision. 

In  his  relation  with  his  followers,  Daya- 
nanda  is  the  very  embodiment  of  Love.  But  at 
the  same  time  he  keeps  an  ever-vigilant  eye  on 
the  spiritual  development  of  each  and  every  one 
of  them.  He  is  always  kind,  as  Kindness  could 
be,  (his  very  name  is  kindness — one  whose 
supreme  happiness  lies  in  being  kind)  and  he 
would  be  stern  when  occasion  requires  it.  He 
mixes  with  them  freely,  talks  with  them  un- 
reservedly, plays  with  them  in  a  most  light- 
hearted  fashion  and  dances  with  them  in 
Sankirtan.  He  is  their  all — ^the  centre  of  all 
their  hopes,  the  spring  of  all  their  activities.  To 
love  him  is  their  proud  privilege,  to  be  with  him 
is  the  joy  of  their  lives,  to  serve  him  is  their  sole 
ambition.  They  love  him,  they  worship  him, 
they    adore    him.     What    wonder    that    men. 


HOW  DAYANANDA   SET  TO  WORK  51 

women  and  children  have  stuck  to  him  through 
good  report  and  bad,  through  suffering,  want 
and  persecution? 

The  Asram  is  the  common  property  of  all. 
Dayananda's  teachings  have  borne  fruit  on  them. 
It  is  a  religious  republic.  The  idea  of  personal 
property  has  vanished  from  their  minds.  What- 
ever God  sends,  is  shared  by  all  alike,  and  each 
according  to  needs.  There  is  a  President  for 
each  Asram  who  looks  to  the  wants  of  each  in- 
dividual member  and  manages  the  affairs  of  the 
Asram.  All  work  of  the  Asram  is  done  by  the 
members  themselves — even  the  *  mean '-est 
thing.  Each  is  allotted  the  work  that  he  is  best 
fitted  for  by  physique  and  temperament.  There 
are  no  servants.  That  institution  has  found  no 
place  in  the  Asram.  The  doors  of  the  Asram 
are  open  to  anybody  £uid  everybody.  The 
system  of  giving  alms  has  been  done  away  with. 
If  there  is  food,  the  members  of  the  Asram  invite 
anyone  begging  alms,  to  share  it  with  them,  for 
he  has  as  much  right  to  it  as  anybody  in  the 
Asram.  There  is  charity  of  feeling  but  no 
patronage — there  is  kindness  but  no  favour. 
There  is  no  sense  of  pity — for  God  alone  can 
pity  and  no  mortal  being — ^but  love  for  brothers 


52  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

and  sisters.  Love  has  changed  their  character, 
their  ways  of  life,  their  movements  and  even 
their  very  look.  Love  has  transformed  them. 
Love  has  made  them  one  in  mind  and  one  in 
soul. 

Calmly  and  patiently  each  member  performs 
his  allotted  task.  They  have  had  to  pass  through 
difficulties,  danger,  struggle  in  and  struggle  out 
— ^penury,  starvation  for  days  and  days.  They 
have  been  harassed,  oppressed  and  persecuted 
both  by  the  community  and  by  the  Government 
of  the  land  but  they  have  not  lost  heart,  they 
have  not  lost  faith  in  God  and  in  the  supreme 
ideal  that  the  Master  has  held  forth  before  them. 
They  have  been  mercilessly  beaten,  imprisoned 
and  persecuted  for  nothing  in  hundred  other 
ways  but  undismayed  and  with  undiminished 
faith,  following  the  footsteps  of  the  Master,  they 
are  marching  on  to  the  goal.  Eternal  progress 
is  their  motto,  full  and  complete  surrender  to 
Truth  is  their  religion,  to  lose  their  finite  *self* 
in  the  greater  *self'  of  humanity  is  their  ambi- 
tion. True,  no  member  has  attained  perfection 
as  soon  as  he  set  his  foot  on  the  soil  of  the 
Asram  but  all  their  strivings  are  towards  perfec- 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  53 

tion  and  under  the  sure  guidance  of  their  Master, 
they  are  confident  of  attaining  it. 

Dayananda  has  impressed  on  the  minds 
of  his  followers  that  God  is  the  Supreme  Director 
of  this  Universe.  He  is  One,  Indivisible  and 
Universal.  That  Indivisible  and  Universal 
Being  has  for  the  sake  of  His  own  Lila  become 
many.  He  is  One  in  many  and  Many  in  One. 
Elach  individual  is  a  particle  of  His  Being  and 
this  world  is  a  field  of  Lila  of  that  One  in  many. 
Through  all  our  actions,  all  our  strivings,  we  are 
tending  towards  our  Original  Being  and  this 
progress  has  been  going  on  for  all  time — we 
have  been  on  our  eternal  march  from  the  begin- 
ning of  our  existence  and  it  will  go  on  till 
eternity. 

In  different  ages,  in  all  the  changes  that 
have  come  and  that  are  coming  upon  the  world, 
we  see  the  variation  of  the  Lila  of  God.  And 
just  as  in  a  theatre  actors  and  actresses  play  the 
parts  allotted  to  them,  so  we  are  all  playing 
the  parts  that  He  has  allotted  to  us.  To  one 
He  has  allotted  the  part  of  a  thief,  to  another 
that  of  a  saint,  to  another  again  that  of  a  king, 
to  another  again  that  of  a  beggar  and  so  forth. 
It  is  for  us  to  play  the  role  assigned  to  us.     We 


54  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

must  do  that.  It  is  not  possible  for  us  to  run 
counter  to  His  wishes  even  by  the  breadth  of  a 
hair.  We  work  because  He  makes  us  work, 
we  think  in  a  particular  way  because  He  makes 
us  think  in  that  particular  way — we  love,  we 
hate,  we  desire,  we  hope,  we  fear  because  He 
makes  us  do  all  these.  We  pursue  one  course 
because  He  sends  us  that  way — we  think  it 
wrong,  we  give  it  up  and  take  another — that 
also  is  for  the  fulfilment  of  His  Lila — ^because 
He  wants  us  to  play  different  parts  in  another 
drama.  He  is  the  play-wright.  He  is  the  stage- 
manager.  He  alone  knows  what  the  stage-effect 
will  be. 

Whatever  happens  is  willed  by  God.  But 
in  our  grossness  we  forget  this  truth.  We  are 
not  conscious  that  whatever  we  are  doing,  we 
are  doing  at  His  bidding.  We  act  through  our 
blind  impulses  and  say  it  is  *we' — apart  from 
God — who  are  doing  but  nevertheless  we  are 
acting  according  to  the  will  of  God.  The  more 
we  emerge  from  this  grossness,  the  more  we 
become  conscious  that  we  are  merely  carryings 
out  His  will.  But  why  this  grossness?  Why 
this  passing  from  grossness  to  spiritual 
consciousness    and    all    that?       He    takes    us 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  55' 

through  all  sorts  of  conditions  of  life  so  that  He 
might  build  us  all  the  better — with  a  view  to  our 
perfection.  All  our  religious  training  and 
discipline  is  for  making  us  realize  more  and  more 
that  it  is  really  God  who  is  working  through  us 
— our  training  and  discipline  is  complete  when 
we  completely  realize  that  we  are  but  instruments 
in  His  hands,  and,  realizing  that,  we  leave  our- 
selves entirely  in  His  hands.  Our  happiness 
increases  the  more  vividly  we  realize  at  each  and 
every  turn  that  it  is  really  He  and  not  **!" — 
apart  from  Him — who  is  doing  this,  that  and 
everything.  The  greatest  happiness  comes  only 
when  we  are  able  to  completely  surrender  our 
'selves',  completely  merge  our  *ego'  in  God  an  J 
realize  Him  in  everything,  in  all  that  is  going 
on  around  us.  The  striving  of  the  members  of 
the  Arunachal  Mission  is  to  emerge  more  and 
more  from  this  grossness.  This  is  possible  only 
through  the  mercy  of  God  and  they  of  the 
Arunachal  Mission  have  thrown  themselves 
entirely  at  the  mercy  of  God  for  the  fulfilment 
of  their  lives  and  their  Mission. 

The  mission  has  no  fixed  source  of  income 
— ^we  never  beg,  we  do  not  ask  for  any  help,  nor 
do  we  even  expect  any.     For  the  maintenance 


56  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

of  the  Mission,  Arunachal  depends  entirely  on 
God  and  God  alone.  And  it  has  been  our  ex- 
perience that  on  great  occasions  thousands  of 
rupees  have  come  in  strange  manner.  God 
alone  knows  best  what  we  really  need.  What 
comes  in  our  way,  we  take  that  to  be  the  gift 
of  God.  Very  often  we  have  nothing  to  eat  and 
very  little  to  wear,  that  also  we  take  to  be  the 
will  of  God  and  His  blessings.  God  must  have 
meant  it  for  our  benefit.  In  this  way,  sometimes 
ten  days  out  of  thirty  we  go  without  food — but 
we  starve  all  together.  We  suffer  but  we  suffer 
together  and  we  are  conscious  that  God  meant 
it  for  our  good.  The  members  of  the  A  runachal 
Mission  have  learnt  to  submit  to  sickness, 
starvation  and  hardships  in  the  same  spirit  as 
they  would  accept  good  health,  comforts  and 
prosperity.  There  is  nothing  to  grumble  about, 
nothing  to  be  sorry  for. 

Dayananda    prizes    freedom    of    the    soul. 

This  freedom  of  the  soul  is  release  from  gross- 

ness,  the  unfoldment  of  the  true  self  of  man — 

the  triumph  of  the  spirit  over  matter.     He  says  : 

**1  have  given  myself  to  Truth.     I  cannot 

sell  myself  to  popular  approbation. 

The  whole  country  may  go  agednst 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  57 

me  yet  I  cannot  compromise  Truth. 
In  the  end  Truth  is  bound  to  be 
victorious.        The     latent     spiritual 
instincts  of  the  individual,  race,  and 
Humanity  must  be  revived — other- 
wise, all  efforts  to  lift  mankind  are 
doomed  to  failure.     The  man  who 
is  spiritually  strong  is  free  for  ever. 
If    the    human    soul    is    not    free, 
nothing  can  avail  him — ^he  will  be 
the  sport  of  every  breath  of  wind, 
he  will  break  down  at  the  approach 
of  the  first  untoward  circumstance. 
The  human  soul  must  be  set  free.*' 
Each  member  of  the  Asram  is  allowed  to 
enjoy  liberty  and  freedom  to  the  fullest  extent 
so  long  as  his  liberty  and  freedom   does  not 
infringe  on  the  liberty  of  others  and  is  not  sub- 
versive of  the  proper  regulation  of  the  Asram, 

All  caste  differences  have  been  done  away 
with.  What  caste  could  there  be  between  the 
children  of  the  same  Father  }  The  only  caste  is 
in  the  degree  of  spiritual  attainment —  the  nearer 
we  approach  Godhead,  the  higher  we  rise  in 
caste.  That  is  the  only  caste.  But  there  can 
be    no    rigid    watertight    compartments.     This 


58  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

difference  is  only  relative  for  we  are  all  tending 
towards  Him  and  the  difference  in  the  distance 
of  our  goal  is  not  fixed.  It  is  diminishing  every 
moment.  There  is  difference  in  occupation 
according  to  fitness  and  natural  aptitude  but  no 
work  is  dishonourable.  AH  work  becomes 
honourable  when  it  is  performed  in  the  con- 
sciousness that  we  are  serving  the  Father — when 
all  our  actions  tend  towards  Him,  when  in  all 
our  actions  we  try  to  realize  Him.  Harmonious 
working  of  social  order  depends  on  the  per- 
formance by  each  member  of  his  particular  duty 
— all  are  necessary,  none  superfluous.  How 
could  one  be  high  or  low?  Why  should  differ- 
ence in  occupation  be  the  boundary  line  between 
man  and  man?  Outside  this  difference  in 
occupation  which  is  accidental  and  in  the  degree 
of  spiritual  attainment  which  is  only  relative, 
really  there  is  no  distinction  between  man  and 
man.  Outside  these  differences,  there  is  a  broad 
equality.  Humanity  is  essentially  equal.  This 
New  Era  must  be  built  on  love.  But  the  basic 
condition  of  love  is  equality.  Not  only  hcis 
Arunachal  held  this  as  an  ideal  but  has  been 
permitted  to  reduce  it  into  practice. 

In  their  relation  there  is  perfect  equality 


HOW  DAYANANDA  SET  TO  WORK  59 

between  man  and  man  and  between  man  and 
woman.  Women  enjoy  the  same  amount  of 
liberty  as  men.  From  the  very  beginning 
Dayananda  inculcated  this  idea  of  equal 
rights  for  women  and  by  and  by,  as  the  members 
became  acquainted  and  accustomed  to  this,  he 
has,  with  the  full  support  of  the  members  them- 
selves, given  complete  freedom  to  women.  They 
move  as  freely  as  men,  make  Sanl^irtan 
separately  from  the  men  or  join  the  men  in  their 
Kirtan,  as  they  like.  They  are  free  to  wear  the 
Wl  or  not,  just  as  they  like.  They  perform 
the  duties  of  the  Asram,  as  suits  them,  in  the 
same  way  as,  and,  by  the  side  of  men.  One 
sister  of  ours,  Nivedita,  who  has  now  left  this 
world,  was  found  competent  cind  she  was 
appointed  the  President  of  the  main  Asram,  the 
Arunachal.  On  the  occasion  of  installing  Sister 
Nivedita  as  President  of  the  Asram,  Dayananda 
^aid : 

**What  1  have  done  to-day  is  but  a  re- 
hearsal of  what  the  world  must  do 
one  day.  That  day  is  at  hand  when 
the  world  must  give  women  equal 
rights." 
In  short,  in  the  Asram  women  enjoy  a  posi- 


60  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

tion  of  respect,  trust  and  responsibility  and  work 
by  the  side  of  men.  We  feel  happy  to  note  that 
this  bold  assertion  of  Dayananda  is  being  ful- 
filled. Women  all  over  the  world  are  coming 
unto  their  own.  One  lady  has  forced  her  way 
into  the  Parliament  of  Great  Britain,  another  was 
voted  President  of  the  Indian  National  Congress, 
an  assembly  that  stands  as  the  mouthpiece  of 
300  millions  of  people,  while  in  other  countries 
also  women  are  being  appointed  Councillors, 
Judges  and  so  forth.  Much  of  the  misery  of 
the  world  would  have  been  saved  if  women  had 
been  allowed  to  take  their  proper  share  in  all 
departments  of  life. 


IV. 

SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY. 

God  sends  His  blessings  in  the  guise  of 

terrible  persecution. 

In  this  way  from  a  very  modest  beginning 
Arunachal  grew  up  to  be  a  strong  religious 
centre  enlivening  people  all  around  with  a  new 
idea  of  religion  and  infusing  a  new  spirit  into 
them.  The  Sankirtan  by  the  members  of  the 
Arunachal  Mission  in  the  Asram  and  outside 
began  to  attract  people  in  large  numbers.  The 
novel  ideas  about  religion,  the  novel  mode  of 
life  in  the  Asram,  specially  the  non-observance 
of  caste  distinctions  in  a  caste-ridden  country  and 
the  complete  freedom  to  women,  in  a  country 
where  it  was  considered  a  virtue  for  women  not 
to  let  people  outside  the  inner  family  circle  see 
their  face,  created  a  great  sensation  in  society, 
especially  in  orthodox  circle.  Thakur  Daya- 
nanda  and  the  Arunachal  Mission  became  the 
topic  of  discussion  in  all  quarters.  Some  began 
to  like  Dayananda  and  his  Mission  while  at  the 
same  time  a  party  distinctly  hostile  grew  up. 
5 


62  THE  master's  WORLD-U^aON  SCHEME 

Many  were  the  charges  levelled  against  Daya- 
nanda  and  the  Arunachal  Mission,  How  could 
that  man  who  was  my  school-fellow  become  a 
saint? — How  could  he? — I  met  him  only  the 
other  day  !  How  could  that  youngster  whom 
I  have  seen  from  his  boyhood, — how  could  he 
become  the  head  of  a  religious  movement? 
These  were  some  of  the  many  cogent  reasons 
that  people  began  to  put  forward.  Dayananda 
means  to  do  away  with  caste  and  thus  to  deal 
a  blow  at  Hindu  Society — otherwise  why  do 
Mahommedans  come  to  the  Asram7  It  is  not 
reconciliation  of  religious  truths  but  an  insidious 
attack  on  Hinduism,  they  began  to  say.  Some 
even  went  one  better.  The  Asram  is  a  centre 
for  political  conspiracy,  with  the  object  of  over- 
throwing Government,  they  said.  Those  whose 
relatives  had  joined  the  Mission  naturally  be- 
came angry  and  went  against  us.  Some  com- 
plained of  disturbance  of  sleep  on  account  of 
Sankirtariy  others  applied  to  Government  for  sup- 
pressing Dayananda  as  a  danger  to  society. 

The  popular  idea  in  India  was  that  a  man 
who  wanted  to  lead  a  religious  life,  the  man 
who  would  lead  others  into  the  path  of  religion 
must  eschew  all  pleasures  of  the  earth  and  lead 


SENSATION  IN   SOCIETY  63 

a  life  of  penance  and  austerity,  as  if  the  earth 
and  things  of  the  earth  were  outside  the  limits 
of  God  and  there  was  something  inherently 
antagonistic  between  Him  and  articles  of  luxury. 
Their  point  of  view  is  that  God  has  surrounded 
man  with  so  many  temptations  that  at  every 
point  he  must  be  on  his  guard  against  falling 
into  the  trap.  The  fact  that  Dayananda  used 
dhoti  and  chadar  instead  of  the  usual  mendi- 
cant's  rag,  he  used  to  put  on  shoes — these  were 
too  much  for  them — they  could  not  reconcile  the 
idea  that  a  man  could  dress  well  and  enjoy  the 
things  of  the  earth  and  yet  be  intensely  religious 
or  that  he  could  be  a  saint  and  a  religious  leader. 
But  the  chief  objection  was  to  the  presence 
of  women  in  the  Asram.  To  lead  a  religious 
life  and  in  company  with  women?  How  could 
that  be?  In  recent  and  medieval  times,  when 
India  had  fallen  from  her  ancient  glory,  sages 
and  saints  had  avoided  all  contact  with  women. 
Woman  stood  in  the  path  of  man's  highest  reli- 
gious perfection — woman  was  the  temptress — 
that  was  the  common  belief.  To  utter  the  word 
** woman"  was  considered  to  be  a  sin  for  a 
Sannyasin,  One  learned  gentleman  belonging  to 
the  legal  profession  asked  Dayananda  to  leave 


64  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

women  alone  as  their  presence  was  the  reason 
why  large  numbers  of  people  who  would  other- 
wise have  joined  the  Mission  could  not  do  so. 
Dayananda's  emphatic  reply  was:  ** Should  I 
attain  religious  perfection  and  leave  my  mother 
and  sister  to  grope  in  the  dark?  Half  the 
population  of  the  world  are  women.  Neither 
half  could  attain  perfection  to  the  exclusion  of 
the  other.  1  can't  confine  my  thoughts  only  ta 
men."  TTie  gentleman  was  put  out.  The  sight 
of  women  mixing  freely  with  men,  taking  part 
in  Sankirtan  in  public  and  doing  other  work  with 
men  was  so  strange  and  so  much  against  the 
rooted  prejudice  of  the  race,  that  they  could  not 
reconcile  themselves  to  it.  They  thought  Day  a* 
nanda  wanted  to  introduce  immorality  into 
society  and  that  religion  was  a  mere  mask.  The 
tongue  of  calumny  was  very  active  and  spread 
all  sorts  of  half-truths  and  lies.  We  wanted  ta 
live  immoral  lives  with  our  mothers  and  sisters, 
in  the  name  of  religion !  That  was  the  charge. 
The  charge  also  was  that  Dayananda  was- 
a  great  hypnotist  and  that  he  had  kept  so  many 
men,  women  and  children  together  by  the  exer- 
cise of  hypnotic  influence.  People  forgot  that 
great  religious  teachers  have  in  all  ages  exercised 


SENSATION  IN   SOCIETY  65 

tremendous  influence  over  the  mind  of  people 
not  only  in  their  own  times  but  also  in  subse- 
quent periods  when  they  had  ceased  to  exist  in 
mortal  frame.  The  power  to  influence  the  mind 
of  others  is  a  test  of  the  truth  they  preach — the 
measure  of  influencing  the  minds  of  others  is 
the  true  measure  of  their  greatness.  They  for- 
got that  Christianity,  Buddhism  and  Mahom- 
medanism  are  still  living  forces  because  of  the 
momentum  they  received  from  Christ,  Buddha 
and  Mahommed.  They  forgot  that  the  power 
which  a  great  religious  teacher  wields  over 
others  differs  from  the  p)ower  of  a  hypnotist  as 
heaven  from  hell.  A  hypnotist  robs  his  victim 
of  the  power  of  independent  thought  and  action 
but  a  religious  teacher  does  the  very  opposite. 
He  stimulates  right  thinking  and  helps  a  man  to 
direct  his  actions  towards  the  attainment  of  his 
objective.  A  hypnotist  that  could  lift  one  from 
degradation  and  elevate  him  to  the  highest  spiri- 
tual height  is  welcome.  However,  this  idea 
took  such  a  firm  hold  on  the  mind  of  people 
that  even  the  highest  Government  officials  were 
not  free  from  it.  In  a  kidnapping  case  which 
was  brought  in  1916,  the  Deputy  Commissioner 
found   Dayananda    guilty   of   exercising   undue 


66  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

influence  over  the  mind  of  a  female  disciple  who 
wanted  to  give  her  daughter  in  marriage  to 
another  disciple  of  his  in  contravention  of  the 
ordinary  social  custom. 

However,  some  people  set  to  work  against 
Dayananda  and  his  Mission  in  right  earnest. 
These  were  the  upholders  of  truth  and  religion 
who  have  appeared  in  all  ages.  They  have  been 
indirectly  instrumental  in  preaching  the  object 
of  their  calumny  more  than  would  otherwise 
have  happened.  These  were  the  people  who 
crucified  Christ  and  poisoned  Sankaracharya, — 
these  were  the  men  who  pelted  stones  at 
Mahommed  and  broke  his  teeth. 

The  advent  of  Mahendra  Nath  De,  M.A., 
B.Sc,  a  man  of  great  learning  and  piety,  a  man 
who  had  put  his  life  and  soul  into  the  move- 
ment for  fostering  Indian  industries,  an  ardent 
advocate  of  national  education  under  national 
control, — to  the  Arunachal  Mission,  in  February, 
191 0  (Magh,  1316)  was  the  signal  for  a  renewed 
and  vigorous  attack  on  Dayananda  and  his 
Mission.  They  seized  this  fact  and  put  it  for- 
ward as  proof  of  their  allegation  that  the  A  sram 
was  a  secret  political  organization.  The  sub- 
ordinate  officers   of   the   Police   Service   joined 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  67 

hands  with  the  opponents  of  the  Mission.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  Mahendra,  now  known  as  Rishi 
Yugananda,  was  attracted  to  the  Mission  from 
the  pure  motive  of  leading  a  religious  life,  as 
he  was  fully  convinced  by  Dayananda  in  course 
of  the  very  first  conversation  that  he  had  with 
him,  that  nothing  but  spiritual  force  can  lift  a 
fallen  nation  and  that  the  regeneration  of  the 
country  and  of  the  world  is  to  be  achieved  by 
Love  and  not  by  hatred. 

However,  some  people  were  determined  to 
suppress  this  great  religious  movement.  They 
were  on  the  look-out  for  an  opportunity  and 
that  opportunity  was  not  long  to  come.  The 
Silchar  Police,  without  making  the  slightest 
enquiry,  arrested  Dayananda  and  two  of  his 
disciples,  handcuffed  them  and  sent  them  in  that 
condition  by  rail  to  Habigunge,  a  distance  of 
nearly  200  miles  on  the  charge  of  having 
kidnapped  4  minor  boys.  The  Magistrate  found 
the  charge  untrue  and  set  them  free.  This  was 
the  beginning. 

Baffled  in  their  first  attempt,  the  Police 
began  to  look  for  other  opportunities.  They 
began  to  harass  the  members  in  every  possible 
way.     Attempts    at   intimidating    people    from 


68  THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

paying  even  occasional  visits  to  the  Asram  were 
made.  One  Police  Officer  was  deputed  to 
attend  the  Asram  every  day  and  to  take  a  note 
of  all  those  who  came  there.  Soon  after,  the 
Asram  and  the  houses  of  some  of  the  disciples 
at  Silch*r  and  elsewhere  were  searched  but 
"nothing  incriminating  was  found  against  the 
Mission. 

At  this  time  pressure  was  brought  to  bear 
on  some  of  his  disciples  who  were  in  Govern- 
ment service,  to  cut  off  all  connection  with  the 
Mission.  Their  emphatic  reply  was  they  would 
rather  give  up  service  and  be  reduced  to  poverty 
than  give  up  religion.  They  were  true  to  their 
religion.  When  Government  pressed  them 
again,  they  gave  up  service.  Blinded  by  their 
prejudice  against  the  Mission  even  educated  men 
failed  to  see  that  people  in  their  circumstances 
could  not  sacrifice  their  all  for  nothing.  What 
was  it  that  they  got  from  Dayananda  that  they 
could  give  up  service  and  reduce  themselves  and 
their  families  to  poverty  ?  What  was  it  that  they 
prized  more  than  their  worldly  gain?  None 
cared  to  know. 

Nothing  dismayed,  Thakur  Dayananda 
and   his    disciples   began    to   work   vigorously. 


SENSATION  IN   SOCIETY  69 

Parties  of  men  were  sent  out  from  the  Asram  to 
tour  in  the  surrounding  districts,  holding 
Sankirtan  wherever  they  went.  Their  object  was 
to  turn  people's  thoughts  to  religion.  They 
went  from  village  to  village,  singing  and 
dancing,  sometimes  without  food  but  never 
asking  for  anything  from  anybody,  suffering 
from  cold  but  never  asking  for  shelter.  If  any- 
body gave  them  food,  they  took  it  as  coming 
from  God.  If  anybody  gave  them  shelter  they 
took  it  as  gladly  as  they  would  have  taken  shelter 
under  a  tree.  People  began  to  like  the 
Arunachal  Sankirtan  and  as  they  progressed 
through  the  country  men  in  increasing  numbers 
began  to  join  them  in  each  village  and  town. 
Invitations  also  came  from  many  respectable 
quarters  to  come  and  hold  Sankirtan.  Huge 
Sankirtan  parties  and  processions  began  to  be 
held.  In  this  way  a  tremendous  religious  feeling 
was  created  and  the  Arunachal  Mission  was  the 
talk  of  the  whole  surrounding  country. 

At  this  time,  on  his  return  from  a  tour  in  the 
interior,  Dayananda  was  served  with  ein  order  by 
which  he  was  asked  to  attend  the  Police  Station 
at  a  distance  of  three  miles,  every  alternate  day, 
to  stop  Sankirtan  on  the  ground  that   *people 


70  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

were  being  carried  away  by  their  emotions  ancJ 
the  bond  of  society  was  loosening'.  Needless 
to  say,  Dayananda  refused  to  abide  by  such  an 
illegal  and  unjust  order.  Police  began  syste- 
matic persecution  on  the  members  of  the 
Mission.  Finding  no  remedy  from  the  Local 
Government  in  spite  of  repeated  representations, 
on  the  29th  October,  191 0,  the  disciples  sent  the 
following  telegram  to  the  Local  Government  and 
the  Government  of  India : 

* 'Police  harassment  of  the  Asram  people 
is  seriously  interfering  with  their 
religious  work.  The  Sevaks  collect- 
ing *Musti  Bhiksha'  are  threatened 
with  prosecution  under  section  109. 
Thakur  Dayananda,  the  Head  of  the 
Asram,  regarded  by  thousands  as 
the  very  impersonation  of  holiness, 
has  been  ordered  by  Police  Inspec- 
tor to  attend  Thana  in  person  every 
other  day.  To  crown  all,  it  was 
verbally  ordered  that  "Nam-Sankir* 
tan'  the  most  popular  of  Hindu 
religious  practices,  must  forthwith 
be  stopped.     We  earnestly  pray  for 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  71" 

immediate  intercession  of    His    Ex- 
cellency the  Viceroy." 

In  pursuance  of  the  above  telegram,  Mr. 
Rivet-Carnac,  the  Deputy  Inspector-General  of 
Police  visited  the  Asram,  had  a  talk  with  the 
Master  and  found  nothing  wrong  against  the 
Mission.  He  regretted  the  handcuffing  episode 
and  said  it  was  owing  to  inexperience  and  want 
of  tact  that  individual  Police  Officers  had  molest- 
ed A  sram  people  in  the  pursuit  of  their  religious 
duties.  He  gave  a  solemn  assurance  on  behalf 
of  Government  that  such  things  would  not  occur 
again  in  future  and  that  Police  espionage  would 
cease.  However,  this  gentleman  retired  soon 
after  and  the  Police  went  on  the  same  as  before. 

Swami  Hansananda  who,  sometime  later, 
was  out  with  a  party  of  1 7  members  of  the 
Mission  holding  Sankirtan  from  place  to  place 
was  arrested  with  his  party  at  Mymensingh  and 
was  kept  in  lock-up  for  some  days  and  then 
set  free.  At  Dacca  they  were  again  subjected 
to  Police  search  and  Police  espionage.  Accord- 
ingly, he  and  his  brother  disciples  sent  the 
following  telegram  to  the  Viceroy  on  the  29th 
August,  191  1  : 

**Repeated   Police  attempts  encouraged 


72  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

by  distinctly  hostile  attitude  of  Local 
Government  to  kill  a  great  move- 
ment of  Love  striving  to  unite  the 
East  and  the  West  by  ties  of  Love, 
driving  thousands  of   peaceful    law- 
abiding      people     to      desperation. 
Prompt     enquiry     into     Arunachal 
grievances  desirable  to  avert  com- 
plicated religious  situation  on  eve  of 
King  Emperor*s  visit.*' 
But  no  redress  came.     This  v^ent  on.     At 
this  time  and  from  long  before,   there  was  a 
revolutionary  movement  in  the  country  with  the 
object  of  overthrowing  the  British  Government. 
Dayananda    made    it    abundantly    clear    to    the 
authorities  that  his  goal  was  poles  asunder  from 
the  goal  of  the  revolutionaries,  that  his  was  a 
religious  movement  having  nothing  to  do  with 
ordinary  politics.     But  all  this  to  no  purpose. 
The    harassment    of    the    Asram    people    and 
interference  in  religious  performances  went  on. 
Finding  no  redress  of  their  wrongs,  a  memorial 
was  sent  to  the  King  Emperor  on  26th  Dec, 
191  1  while  His  Majesty  was  on  a  visit  to  India. 
The  Private  Secretary  in  reply  intimated  that  the 
^ame  had  been  forwarded  to  the  Home  Depart- 


SENSATION  IN   SOCIETY  73- 

ment  of  the  Government  of  India.  The  Home 
Department  wrote  back  to  say  that  it  must  be 
sent  through  the  Local  Government.  This  was 
done.  The  Local  Government  sent  it  on  to  the 
Government  of  India  who  instead  of  forwarding 
it,  held  it  back.  A  memorial  was  then  sent 
direct  to  the  Private  Secretary  of  His  Majesty 
requesting  him  to  place  it  before  the  King- 
Emperor.  This  went  as  far  as  the  Buckingham 
Palace  but  no  farther.  It  was  sent  back  to  the 
Government  of  India  by  the  Private  Secretary, 
who  sent  it  to  the  Assam  Government,  wha 
again  returned  it  to  the  Asram  people. 

In  the  meantime  a  branch  Asram  called  the 
Dole  Gobindo  Asram  was  founded  in  the  first 
part  of  March,  1912  at  the  house  of  Rishi 
Yugananda,  at  Jagatshi,  in  the  adjoining  district 
of  Sylhet.  On  the  occasion  of  the  opening 
ceremony,  grand  Sankirtan  was  held  for  days 
together,  many  thousands  of  people  having 
joined  from  far  and  near.  At  this  time  the  idea 
was  conceived  of  performing  a  N am-Mahajagna 
and  Dayananda  and  his  disciples  took  the  vow^ 
of  continuing  this  ceremony,  as  appeared  from 
printed  handbills  distributed  at  that  time  : 

**so  long  as  the  flag  of  Love  inscribed 


74  THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

with  the  name  of  Sri  Gauranga  (God) 
did  not  flutter  in  the  World — so 
long  as  the  whole  world  was  not 
filled  with  the  song  of  **Pran-Gaur 
Nityananda*' — so  long  as  the  Era  of 
of  Love,  bathed  in  the  tears  of  saints 
and  lovers  of  humanity,  was  not 
enthroned  in  human  heart." 

They  prayed  to  God  that 

*  *they  might  be  given  strength  to  continue 
this  grand  ceremony  till  the  fulfil- 
ment of  their  vow.*' 

;and  that 

*'if  that  was  not  the  will  of  the  Supreme 
Being,  may  they  perish  and  may 
their  bodies  be  reduced  to  very  dust 
and  be  mixed  with  the  holy  dust  of 
the  Asram/* 
That    was    the    vow    Dayananda    and    his 

<lisciples  took.     In  inviting  people  to  come  and 

join  them  in  this  sacred  work,  they  declared  : 

'*That  supreme  moment  has  come  when 
we    must    sacrifice    ourselves    un- 
reservedly      for       the       good       of 
Humanity." 
Never,  never  in  the  history  of  the  human 


SENSATION  IN   SOCIETY  75 

Tace  was  such  a  grand  ceremony  undertaken  with 
such  a  supreme  end  in  view.  They  wanted  to 
establish  the  Kingdom  of  Love  on  earth.  They 
wanted  to  usher  in  that  New  Era  of  Love  by  the 
power  of  prayer,  by  invoking  the  mercy  of  God 
•every  minute  of  the  hour,  every  hour  of  the  day 
and  every  day  of  the  month — and,  if  months 
rolled  into  years,  they  would  not  stop — they 
would  not  stop  till  their  goal  was  reached,  till 
their  vow  was  fulfilled.  Dayananda  lit  this 
sacrificial  fire  and  invited  one  and  all  to  come  and 
join  him  and  sacrifice  themselves  for  the  good  of 
humanity.  His  disciples  unreservedly  threw 
themselves  into  the  fire.  Could  this  go  in  vain? 
No.  The  God  of  Humanity  granted  their  prayer 
and  great  was  the  reward  that  they  received. 
He  marked  them  out  for  ever  as  His  own,  as  His 
chosen,  who  would  suffer  and  by  their  suffering 
bring  the  Kingdom  of  Love  on  earth.  That  re- 
ward came  soon  in  the  shape  of  persecution — 
terrible  persecution.  Blessed  are  they  who 
suffer  !  The  supreme  moment  of  their  lives  had 
come  indeed. 

The  grand  Sankirtan  that  began  early  in 
March  continued  day  and  night  without  any 
break.     There  were  about  100  members,  men. 


76  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

women  and  children  in  the  Asram,  They 
divided  themselves  into  groups  and  used  to  carry 
on  the  Sankirtan  in  shifts.  They  resolved  to 
give  up  their  lives  but  not  this  noble  vow.  They 
had  taken  the  vow  in  the  name  of  God  and  they 
could  not  give  it  up. 

At  this  time  printed  reports  used  to  appear 

at  the  end  of  each  month.     The  first  report  says  • 

**The    members    of    the    Mission    have 

resolved,  under  command  of  God,  to 

carry  the  name  of  Gauranga  (God)  to 

the  farthest  limit  of  the  world. . . '* 

and  that  they  would  go  on  repeating  by  day  and 

by  night  the  Mantra  of  Pran  Gaur  Nityananda 

**for  the  good  of  the  world — until  Peace 

was  established  on  earth** 

leaving  aside  all  their  personal   comforts   and 

personal  happiness.     Those  whose  thoughts  did 

not  before  this,  extend  beyond  the  limits  of  their 

own  family,  now  began  to  think  of  the  world, 

to  weep  for  the  sufferings  of  the  world.     One 

Asram  lady  fasted  for  six  days  and  wept  for  the 

suffering  world  and  did  not  touch  food  till  the 

revelation    came    to   her   that   the   bliss    which 

they    of    the    Arunachal    were    tasting,    would 

descend  in  torrent  and  flood  the  whole  world 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  77 

at  no  distant  date.  This  unlettered  woman  had 
no  geographical  idea  of  what  the  world  was. 
But  her  heart  had  been  filled  with  divine  love  and 
it  was  love  that  conjured  up  the  vision  of  the 
world  before  her  eyes.  Breathes  there  a  man 
who  could  muster  courage  to  say  that  this  love 
and  this  fasting  of  love  shall  go  in  vain  ? 

That  all  the  thoughts  of  the  followers  of 
Dayananda  were  spun  round  the  world  would 
be  seen  from  the  following  translation  of 
a  verse  which  our  brother  Bipulananda  wrote 
under  inspiration  sometime  before  this  : — 

From  the  feet  of  my  Lord  Srikrishna, 
Rushing  gleefully  comes  there 
A  tidal  wave  of  Heavenly  Bliss, 
In  the  land  of  King  Bharat. 

Look,  there  rise  from  their  slumber 
The  many  million  sons  of  Saugor. 
To-day  has  vanished  their  poverty  and 

misery — 
They  have  drunk  deep  of  this  Bliss. 

Hark,  O  !    Humanity,  we  have  come. 
Away  with  all  thy  fears. 
6 


78  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

The  Supreme  Truth  we  shall  preach 
All  through  the  wide  world. 

In  the  blissful  torrent  of  Peace, 
We  shall  wash  clean  the  bloodstained 

field  of  battle. 
A  stream  of  divine  Love  we  shall  send 
Into  the  world  gliding  merrily  on. 

Oh  !  the  joy  !  The  Lord  that  slept 
In  human  heart  is  awake. 
Soon  shall  vanish  feud  and  hatred, 
The  ruling  passions  of  Humanity. 

In  course  of  this  grand  Sankirtan  many 
became  inspired  and  saw  the  vision  of  the 
glorious  Dawn  of  the  Human  Race.  They  saw 
it  coming.  They  heard  the  footfalls  of  this 
Dawn  of  the  Human  Race. 

However,  this  Sankirtan  created  a  great 
sensation  all  over  the  country.  People  in  their 
thousands — Hindus  and  Mahommedans,  came 
and  joined  the  Kirtan.  People  even  of  other 
nationalities  and  of  different  religious  faiths  also 
joined.  Mr.  Ezra,  a  Jewish  gentleman  of  large 
sympathies  and  great  piety  and  Editor  of  Divine 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  79 

Truth  came  to  visit  the  Asram  and  was  greatly 
charmed  by  the  Sankirtan  and  the  life  of  bliss 
and  divine  happiness  that  the  members  were 
living  in  the  Asram, 

In  this  world,  for  the  fulfilment  of  the  Lila 
of  God,  two  opposite  forces  are  always  at  play. 
One  is  necessary  to  bring  the  other  into  more 
prominence.  Darkness  heightens  the  value  of 
light,  evil  tries  to  subdue  good  but  it  is  good 
that  survives  in  the  end.  Truth  has  always  to 
struggle  against  untruth — untruth  sometimes 
overshadows  truth  but  it  is  truth  that  comes 
victorious  at  last.  So  did  it  happen  with  the 
Arunachal  Mission,  This  Nam-Mahajagna  for 
the  good  of  Humanity  attracted  many  thousands 
of  people  while  it  repelled  some  others.  The 
opponents  of  Dayananda  became  furious  at  his 
phenomenal  success.  They  bit  their  lips  and 
swore  once  more  that  they  would  suppress 
Dayananda  and  his  Mission.  In  this  their  pious 
design  they  found  ready  help  from  the  subordi- 
nate rank  of  the  Indian  Police.  They  began  to 
work  through  them  and  with  their  help  they 
influenced  Government  officials.  A  small  Police 
force  was  deputed  to  Jagatshi  to  prevent  the 
occurrence  of  any   disturbance.     This   was   in 


80  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

addition  to  the  Police  already  deputed  by  the 
Magistrate  from  the  adjoining  district  of  Cachar 
where  the  Arunachal  Asram  was  situated,  to 
watch  over  the  movements  of  the  members  of 
the  Asram.  Towards  the  last  week  of  March, 
Dayananda  and  two  of  his  disciples  were  charged 
before  the  Subdivisional  Officer  of  Maulavi 
Bazar  for  causing  disturbance  by  Sankirtan  and 
were  fined  Rs.  10  each.  A  theft  case  was  also 
got  up  against  one  member  but  the  trying  Magis- 
trate found  the  charge  to  be  false  and  malicious 
and  dismissed  it.  **In  the  early  part  of  June, 
1912,"  says*  the  Chief  Commissioner  of  Assam, 
*  *a  largely  signed  petition  against  the  A  sram.  was 

submitted  to  the  Chief  Commissioner This 

petition  was  duly  verified.  (Italics  mine.)  It 
concluded  by  saying  that  the  petitioners 
**supposed*'  the  Asram  to  be  '*an  impure, 
obscene,  immoral  and  indecent  institution, 
opposed  to  public  policy  and  good  morals,'*  Eind 
begged  the  Chief  Commissioner  to  disperse  this 

*  This  and  other  observations  of  the  Chief  Com- 
missioner as  alfeo  the  observations  of  the  Enquiry 
Commissioner  are  taken  from  Gazette  Elxtraordinary 
of  the  Assam  Government,  dated  April  5th,  1913. 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  8f 

unlawful  gathering,  etc.*'  It  must  be  noted 
here,  if  this  petition  was  at  all  verified,  it  was 
verified  from  those  who  had  sent  the  petition. 
We  knew  nothing  about  the  charges  nor  about 
the  verification. 

Following  on  the  heel  of  this,  a  petition  was 
filed  on  20th  June  by  a  man  of  Jagatshi  before 
the  Subdivisional  Officer  of  Maulavi  Bazar  com- 
plaining against  Dayananda  for  having  kid- 
napped his  minor  brother,  who,  as  a  matter  of 
fact,  was  subsequently  found  to  be  a  youth 
of  1 7  years  and  the  complainant  and  a  legal 
practitioner  were  charged  with  giving  false  in- 
formation and  sent  to  jciil.  But  the  Subdivisional 
Officer,  Mr.  Gordon,  without  holding  any  preli- 
minary enquiry  at  once  issued  a  warrant  for  the 
production  of  the  *minor'  for  execution  within 
the  1st  of  July. 

In  this  way,  the  Police,  with  the  connivance 
and  active  support  of  some  local  men  was  ham- 
pering the  Asram  people  at  every  step  in  the 
performance  of  their  religious  duties.  Repre- 
sentation after  representation,  petitions  and 
memorials  to  Government  officials,  petition  to 
the  King  proved  of  no  avail.  In  spite  of  the 
most  solemn  assurance  that  they  had  absolutely 


82  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

no  ulterior  object  in  view  such  as  the  overthrow 
of  the  British  Government  and  in  spite  of  the 
fact  that  absolutely  nothing  incriminating  was 
found  in  the  Asram  at  Arunachal  and  at  the 
houses  of  the  disciples  as  the  result  of  repeated 
Police  searches  the  authorities  did  not  change 
their  views  about  the  Mission.  Although  the 
Asram  and  even  the  private  apartments  of  the 
Asram  were  open  to  the  access  of  the  public, 
although  everything  that  was  done  in  the  A  sram 
was  done  in  the  full  light  of  day,  for  they  had 
nothing  to  conceal — nothing  of  which  they  could 
be  afraid  or  ashamed,  the  authorities  still  clung 
to  the  view  that  some  mystery  surrounded  the 
Mission.  The  Police  went  on  with  their  work  of 
oppression,  harassment  and  interference  with  the 
religious  practices  of  the  Asram  and  the  move- 
ments of  the  disciples.  Under  the  circumstances, 
Dayananda  took  the  only  step  that  was  left  open 
to  him,  the  one  step  that  leaders  of  religious 
movements  have  in  all  ages  taken,  the  one  step 
that  every  man  and  every  woman  ought  to  take 
under  similar  circumstances.  That  step  was  to 
stand  firm  in  the  name  of  God,  to  hold  fast  to 
religion    without    any    fear    of    consequence. 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  83 

Accordingly,  on  June  30th,    1912,  he  made  a 

declaration  to  the  following  effect : 

**Arunachal  has  been  before  the  public 
for  the  last  four  years.  All  this 
time  it  has  patiently  borne  with  the 
utmost  persecution  by  Government. 
At  every  step  the  pledges  of  the 
Emperor  are  being  violated  by  the 
Executive  Authorities.  Instances  of 
improper  interference  with  Religion 
(pursuit  of  religion)  have  been  wired 
repeatedly  to  the  Supreme  head  of 
the  Executive  Government,  the 
Viceroy,  by  the  Seva^s  (men)  and 
Sevikas  (ladies)  of  the  Asram,  In 
the  result  matters  have  gradually 
assumed  such  a  magnitude  that  in 
the  present  circumstances,  we  are 
forced  with  deep  regret,  to  disregard 
illegal  orders  (executive  actions). 
To  assist  the  subject  in  the  matter 
of  Religion  is  the  paramount  duty 
of  the  Sovereign.  The  Sovereign 
Power  having  refused  to  acknow- 
ledge that  duty  and  having  paid  no 
heed  to  (our)  repeated  requests  to 


84  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

mend  matters,  from  the  considera- 
tion of  Religion  alone,  we  disown 
the  allegiance,  which,  we,  as  sub- 
jects owe  to  the  Sovereign  (we  dis- 
solve the  relation  of  Sovereign  and 
Subject).  India  has  ever  been  the 
home  of  Religion.  Rather  than  being 
hampered  in  the  pursuit  of  Religion, 
A  runachal  would  feel  happy  to  sub- 
mit to  any  consequence. 

— Dayananda. 

(Translation  by  the  writer  from  Ext. 
No.  4  in  case  No.  917  of  1912.) 
On  July  1st,  one  Head  Constable  came  to 
the  Asram  and  saw  the  *minor*  boy  but,  as  he 
himself  said,  he  **did  not  apprehend".  He 
saw  Dayananda  who  told  him  that  the  boy 
*  *should  not  be  seized  while  the  Kirtan  was  pro- 
ceeding '*but  that  he  should  wait  till  the  boy 
came  out  of  the  Kirtan*.  As  the  boy  did  not 
leave  the  Kirtan ,  the  Head  Constable  waited  for 
sometime  and  then  went  away.  He  reported  to 
the  Authorities  that  he  was  of  opinion  that  the 
A  sram  was  a  political  and  not  a  religious  organi- 
sation and  that  he  apprehended  bloodshed  if  the 


SENSATION  IN   SOCIETY  85 

warrant  was  sought  to  be  executed.  What  led 
him  to  come  to  this  opinion,  Heaven  alone 
knows. 

The  members  of  the  Asram  went  on  with 
their  Nam-Mahajagna  the  same  as  before.  In 
the  evening  of  the  6th  of  July,  Mr.  Beaumont, 
Assistant  District  Superintendent  of  Police  and 
other  Polite  Officers  with  about  a  score  or  two 
of  Policemen  armed  with  rifles  and  bayonets 
came  to  the  Asram,  apparently  to  execute  the 
order.  Mr.  Beaumont  and  an  Indian  Deputy 
Superintendent  of  Police  rode  in  front  of  the 
party  and  on  entering  the  Asram,  made  direct 
for  the  place  where  Sankirtan  was  going  on. 
One  of  the  inmates  of  the  Asram,  Abhedananda 
came  up  and  tried  to  dissuade  Mr.  Beaumont 
from  entering  the  place  of  Kirtan  in  this  aggres- 
sive fashion  and  thereby  violating  its  sanctity. 
As  Mr.  Beaumont  would  not  stop,  Abhedananda 
struck  his  horse  with  a  trident,  which  he  used 
to  carry  about  and  which  he  had  in  his  hand  at 
the  time.  Mr.  Beaumont's  party  behind  at  once 
opened  fire.  Some  of  the  inmates  came  out 
with  the  report  of  firing  and  Abhedananda 
and  another  followed  by  some  6  or  7,  wholly 
unarmed,    went    forward.     The    Police    party 


86  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

moved  backwards,  at  the  same  time  keep- 
ing up  the  firing  and  thereby  wounding 
several  persons.  In  course  of  the  retreat  two 
members  struck  Mr.  Beaumont,  one  with  an 
umbrella  and  another  with  the  stick  of  kettle- 
drum. He  was  not  wounded  and  as  he  deposed 
afterwards,  *it  was  pointed  out  to  him  on  the 
way'  that  there  was  a  scratch  on  his  head. 

Mr.  Beaumont  stated  in  his  deposition  that 
he  **thought"  he  heard  **a  shot*'  coming  from 
the  direction  of  the  Asram  **but  saw  no  smoke". 
In  his  judgment  the  Magistrate  said:  **As  no 
other  witness  deposes  as  to  this  shot  being  fired 
from  the  direction  of  the  Asram,  I  think  that  in 
the  middle  of  the  confusion  when  he  was  being 
attacked,  Mr.  Beaumont  must  have  mistaken 
some  other  noise  coming  from  the  Asram/'  Of 
course  the  suggestion  of  hearing  a  gun  shot  from 
the  direction  of  the  Asram  was  an  invention 
pure  and  simple.  Six  months  later,  when  the 
Commissioner  of  the  Division  held  enquiry  into 
the  charges  of  outrages  on  the  inmates  of  the 
Asram,  this  story  of  hearing  a  gun  shot  from 
the  direction  of  the  Asram  (without  smoke)  was 
sought  to  be  further  developed  and  supported 
by  an  additional  witness.     And,  notwithstand- 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  87 

ing  the  finding  of  the  Magistrate  to  the  contrary, 
the  Commissioner  was  disinclined  to  dismiss  the 
probability  of  firing  from  the  A  sram  and  in  sup- 
port of  his  view  adduced  a  chain  of  arguments, 
the  logic  of  which  no  mortal  being  can  follow. 
It  may  be  mentioned  here  that  as  a  result  of  the 
search  on  the  8th  of  July,  immediately  after  the 
arrests  (as  also  searches  made  on  previous  occa- 
sions) not  a  bit  of  firearm  was  found  nor  any- 
thing from  which  the  remotest  suggestion  could 
be  made  that  the  members  of  the  A  sram  intended 
to  offer  resistance  or  use  force  far  less  to  use 
violence. 

As  a  result  of  the  firing,  seven  persons  were 
wounded.  Rishi  Yugananda  and  Swami  Ajapa- 
nanda  were  hit  with  bullets,  Amarananda*s 
breast  was  honeycombed  with  shots,  Swami 
Abhoyananda  received  no  less  than  17  shots, 
Pijushananda  received  a  shot  through  the  eye 
which  has  affected  his  brain  and  impaired  his 
mental  powers.  Acharya  Pronabananda  and 
Kalicharan  received  several  shots  each. 

In  considering  whether  the  Police  were 
justified  in  firing,  the  Magistrate  observes  in  his 
judgment : 

**Was  the  Police  justified  in  firing  their 


88  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

rifles? Considering  the   manner 

in  which  Mr.  Beaumont  was  hard- 
pressed  by  the  SadhuSy*  some  of 
whom  were  armed  with  tridents  and 
that  he  was  driven  back  a  consider- 
able distance  when  he  had  only  a 
polostick  in  his  hands,  1  am  not 
prepared  to  say  the  Police  were 
not  justified  in  firing  to  protect  Mr. 
Beaumont  even  if  they  had  received 
no  orders  to  fire.**  (Italics  mine). 
The  Magistrate  further  finds  : 

**The  Police  could  probably  have  sup- 
ported Mr.  Beaumont  more  eflfi- 
ciently   if   they    had    clubbed   their 

rifles  and  used  them  as  lathies 

there  can  be  little   doubt  that  the 

majority  of  the  Police  present  ran 

away." 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  if  the  Police  wanted  to 

prevent  the  attack  on  Mr.  Beaumont  they  could 

have  easily  done  that.     Firing  was  absolutely 

*  Sadhus  sometimes  do  carry  tridents  in  their 
hands.  As  a  result  of  the  search  only  5  tridents 
were  found  in  the  Asram.  Only  Abhedananda  used 
his  trident. 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  89 

unnecessary  and  without  any  warning.  The 
Deputy  Superintendent  of  PoHce  and  Mr. 
Beaumont  deposed  that  they  gave  orders  to  fire. 
TTiese  officers  were  not  put  on  their  trial  for  this 
illegal  firing,  they  were  not  even  censured.  The 
Chief  Commissioner  in  reviewing  the  whole 
incident  says  : 

**The  Chief  Commissioner  laid  the  facts 
before    the    Law    Officers    of    the 
Crown,  who  advised  that  the  Police 
were    justified    in    firing,**    (Italics 
mine). 
In  concluding  the  point,    the    Chief    Com- 
missioner regrets  the  injuries  and  the  conduct  of 
the  *  rioters*  ! 

Elaborate  preparations  were  made  on  the 
7th.  The  Asram  was  surrounded  on  all  sides 
and  nobody  could  come  in  or  go  out.  The 
Deputy  Commissioner,  the  Chief  Administrative 
Authority  of  the  District,  came  to  Jagatshi  with 
a  large  number  of  men,  armed  with  rifles  and 
ammunition.  A  doctor  with  surgical  require- 
ments also  accompanied  the  party.  The  Deputy 
Commissioner  put  himself  in  charge  of  the 
operation  and  fixed  his  head  quarters  at  a  distance 
of  a  mile  from  the  Asram.     In  the  evening  he 


90  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

wrote  to  Thakur  Dayananda  asking  him  to  see 
him  next  morning  outside  or  at  the  gate  of  the 
Asram  and  demanding  from  him  a  guarantee 
against  injury.  Thakur  Dayananda  wrote  back 
that  he  was  free  to  come  with  or  without  escort 
and  that  it  was  against  his  reHgion  to  molest  or 
injure  anyone  coming  to  his  house.  Next 
morning  the  Deputy  Commissioner,  with  some 
of  his  armed  men,  met  Thcikur  Dayananda  at 
the  gate  of  the  Asram.  Thakur  Dayananda  had 
brought  out  his  papers  to  show  him  how  the 
Mission  was  being  systematically  persecuted  by 
the  Police.  The  Deputy  Commissioner  abso- 
lutely refused  to  go  into  these  and  demanded 
surrender  of  all  the  inmates  of  the  Asram  in 
batches  of  five  at  a  distance  of  200  yds.  outside 
the  Asram.  Dayananda  refused  to  leave  the 
Sankirtan  and  the  Deputy  Commissioner  went 
away  remarking  that  he  had  many  sepoys  with 
him.  About  an  hour  after  the  Deputy  Commis- 
sioner returned  with  about  100  armed  men, 
consisting  of  Civil  Police  and  Military  Police  and 
a  large  number  of  men  armed  with  long  clubs 
requisitioned  from  the  local  landlords.  They 
entered  the  Asram  and  proceeded  at  once  to 
arrest. 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  91 

At  that  time  tumultuous  Sankirtan  was 
going  on.  People  were  absolutely  unmindful  of 
what  was  happening  outside.  One  or  two  who 
were  outside  the  Kirtan  were  promptly  secured. 
The  D.  C.  then  led  his  men  towards  the  Kirtan- 
ghar,  the  place  where  Sankirtan  was  being  held. 
Then  what  followed  is  a  tale  of  inhuman  atro- 
cities. The  men  had  their  bayonets  fixed.  They 
entered  the  room,  freely  used  their  bayonets 
and  the  butt-ends  of  their  rifles.  They  kicked 
and  threw  people  on  the  ground  and  dragged 
them  out  of  the  room,  one  after  another,  by  the 
long  hair  worn  by  men  also.  Every  one  of 
them  was  bound  by  rope,  the  men  with  their 
hands  on  the  back  or  with  their  long  hair  over 
the  head  and  the  women  in  front.  In  their 
wanton  assault  they  made  no  distinction  between 
men  and  women.  Even  those  who  had  been 
wounded  seriously  by  gun  fire  on  the  6th  were 
not  spared.  Swami  Ajapananda  who  had 
received  a  bullet  wound  on  the  thigh  and 
Amarananda  who  had  been  mortally  wounded 
on  the  breast  were  dragged  out  by  the  hair  of 
their  heads  and  thrown  violently  on  the  ground 
outside.  Thakur  Dayananda  who  was  singing 
in  the  midst  of  the  Sankirtan  was  seized  by  the 


92  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

hand  by  the  D.  C.  himself  and  Captain 
Broughton.  Two  or  three  men  struck  him  on 
the  chest  with  the  butt  end  of  their  rifles,  one 
gave  him  a  bayonet  thrust  on  the  head  and 
another  in  the  abdomen.  He  fell  down,  was 
tied  with  rope  and  taken  outside.  There  he 
was  kicked  several  times  by  some  of  the  men 
and  not  satisfied  with  this  the  D.  C.  himself 
came  and  kicked  him,  although  he  afterwards 
denied  this  charge.  Swami  Hansananda,  who, 
in  a  state  of  inspiration,  went  out  dancing 
with  his  arms  outstretched,  was  caught  hold  of 
by  Captain  Broughton,  beaten  and  ducked  in 
mud  and  water.  In  his  evidence  the  Captain 
said  he  pressed  his  head  into  a  ditch  **two  or 
three  times.*'  He  did  not  let  him  go  till  he  was 
half  done  to  death.  Asked  in  Court  why  he  did 
it,  his  answer  was,  **Because  he  deserved  it.'*  If 
there  is  anybody  on  earth  who  did  not  deserve 
it,  it  was  the  Swami.  At  that  time  he  was  a 
slim  young  man  of  23  or  24.  He  had  absolutely 
nothing  in  his  hands.  He  is  a  most  loving 
and  lovable  person  and  the  divine  expression  of 
his  face  would  convince  any  one  at  a  glance  that 
it  was  not  in  his  nature  to  injure  any  body.  It 
may  be  recalled  here  that  four  years  later  when 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  95 

he  was  in  a  similar  state  of  ecstasy  and  was 
dancing  about,  a  European  lady,  charmed  with 
his  divine  expression,  came  up  to  him  and  em- 
braced him. 

Those  women  who  were  in  the  temple  or 
nursing  the  wounded,  were  also  beaten  and 
dragged  out,  including  a  lady  80  years  old.  The 
image  of  Gauranga  was  robbed  of  gold  orna- 
ments and  broken.  Of  the  women  several 
received  severe  injuries,  one  had  her  collar-bone 
broken  and  another  had  her  artery  cut  and  she 
bled  profusely.  The  rest  were  more  or  less 
severely  injured. 

The  inmates  of  the  Asram  offered  not  the 
least  resistance.  In  view  of  what  had  happened 
on  the  6th,  Thakur  Dayananda  had  strictly 
enjoined  upon  his  followers  not  to  resist — not 
even  to  raise  their  hands  to  ward  off  attacks. 
And  they  obeyed  his  orders  most  faithfully — 
each  and  everyone.  Captain  Broughton  in  his 
evidence  only  complained  that  **when  the  butts 
were  being  used  the  men  did  not  come  forward 
to  be  arrested.*'  They  did  not  readily  yield — 
that  was  the  complaint.  They  had  taken  the 
vow  of  continuing  the  Kirtan  and  they  could  not 
give  it  up.  They  would  continue  taking  the 
7 


94  THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

name  of  the  Lord  to  the  last — that  was  their 
resolve.  Such  was  the  intoxication  of  the  name 
of  the  Lord,  that  one  old  Sadhu,  Kalicharan  who 
liad  been  kicked,  beaten  and  tied  continued  still 
to  repeat  the  ncime.  Each  time  he  shouted  the 
name  of  the  Lord,  blows  fell  on  his  face.  As 
the  result  of  beating  he  could  not  stand.  He 
was  bound  hand  to  hand  and  foot  to  foot  and 
a  bamboo  passed  through  his  hands  and  feet  cind 
he  was  carried  like  a  caurcass.  The  pointed  end 
of  an  umbrella  was  also  thrust  into  his  mouth 
to  make  him  stop.  But  still  he  continued  to 
shout  **Pran-Gaur  Nityananda*'.  Some  liquor 
was  then  poured  into  his  mouth.  With  refer- 
ence to  this  outrage  the  Commissioner  in  his 
report,  said  : — **lf  anyone  poured  liquor  into  his 
mouth,  it  was  probably  done  in  good  faith  and 
was  not  intended  as  an  outrage  but  as  a  stimulant 
for  a  person  who  appeared  too  weak  to  walk. 
I  acquit  the  Police  of  all  blame  in  regard  to  this 
man.** 

However,  the  whole  pairty  consisting  of  57 
men,  28  women  and  20  children  were  all 
marched  off  to  Maulavi  Bazar,  a  distance  of 
4  miles.  They  were  made  to  walk  through 
paddy  fields  full  of  mud  and  at  places  knee- 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  95 

deep  water,  there  being  no  proper  roads.  Three 
ladies  who  had  been  more  seriously  wounded 
were  carried  in  doolies  (a  conveyance  of  square 
shape  made  of  bamboo),  while  all  the  rest  had 
to  walk.  The  hands  of  the  women  were  untied 
so  that  they  could  carry  their  children  on  their 
arms,  or  give  breast.  The  men  reached  Maulavi 
Bazar  at  1 2  noon  and  the  women  at  3  P.M.  They 
were  shut  up  in  two  separate  rooms  in  the  Police 
Station,  each  room  measuring  15ft.  by  20ft, 
All  the  doors  and  windows  were  closed  and  for 
ventilation  there  were  only  sky -lights.  It  was 
the  hot  season  and  their  suffering  was  terrible. 
In  the  evening  a  doctor  came  and  dressed  their 
wounds  and  they  were  given  food  at  night.  The 
three  ladies  mentioned  before  were  sent  to 
hospital  and  the  remaining  were  set  free  between 
7  and  8  P.M.  They  had  no  place  to  go  to,  no 
friends  to  help  them  at  Maulavi  Bazcir.  Some 
kind-hearted  gentlemen  of  the  place  took  com- 
passion on  them  and  gave  them  shelter  till  they 
could  be  removed  by  their  friends.  All  the 
male  members  of  the  Asram  were  sent  next 
morning  to  Sylhet,  the  head-quarters  of  the 
district. 

After  the  inmates  of  the  'Asram  had  been 


%  THE  master's  world- union  SCHEME 

arrested,  began  a  loot  of  their  properties.  The 
musical  instruments  were  all  broken, — lamps, 
pictures,  boxes,  nothing  was  spared.  The  Police 
took  possession  of  the  Asram  and  continued  in 
possession  from  8th  to  12th,  made  a  thorough 
search,  had  the  floors  dug  up  and  the  pond 
dragged.  But  no  weapon,  nothing  of  the  kind 
was  found.  Of  the  7  persons  wounded  by  gun- 
fire, three  had  been  taken  along  with  the  party 
and  the  remaining  four  were  sent  next  day  to 
Maulavi  Bazar  and  they  were  attended  to  on 
the  10th.  From  there  they  were  sent  to  Sylhet 
hospital,  where  Rishi  Yugananda,  after  suffering 
excruciating  pain  for  10  days  died. 

57  members  of  the  Asram  were  sent  up. 
All  were  released  except  1 3  who  were  tried  on 
a  charge  of  rioting  on  the  6th  of  July  and  con- 
victed. Except  one  all  refused  to  make  ciny 
defence,  as  they  considered  it  of  no  use.  The 
following  is  the  statement  that  Thakur 
Dayananda  made : 

**In  my  humble  way  1  have  been  leading 
a  religious  life  and  I  am  conscious 
I  have  not  committed  any  offence. 
In  view  of  the  wanton  and  un- 
warrantable harassments  and  perse- 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  97 

,     cutions  to  which  I  have  been  sub- 
jected for  the  last  two  or  three  years 
in  carrying  on  my  Mission  of  Love 
and    the    inhuman    outrages    lately 
committed  upon  my  fellow- workers, 
on    men,    women    and    myself    at 
Jagatshi,    I    find    this    case    is    but 
another  phase  and  a  continuation  of 
that  outrage.     Hitherto  I  have  got 
no  redress  and  expect  none  in  future. 
No  statement  would  be  of  any  avail. 
Hence  1  make  no  defence.*' 
TTiakur     Dayananda     and     another     were 
sentenced  to  rigorous  imprisonment  for  a  year 
and  a  half,  Swami  Abhayananda  and  Acharya 
Pronabananda  for  one  year  each  and  the  rest 
Tanging  from  three  to  six  months.    The  trial 
was  held  in  Sylhet  jail  and  newspaper  reporters 
were  shut  out.     But  the  news  of  these  outrages 
leaked   out   and   strong   comments   were   made 
in    the    Press.     Even    European-owned    news- 
papers pressed   for  a   commission   of   enquiry. 
In  response  to  this  the  Chief  Commissioner  of 
Assam  met  public  opinion  half  way  and  instead 
of  appointing  a  mixed  commission  of  officials 
and  non-officials,  deputed  the  Officiating  Com- 


98  THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

missioner  of  the  Division  to  enquire  and  report 
only  on  the  incidents  of  the  8th  of  July.  No 
enquiry  was  made  as  to  the  firing  on  the  inmates 
of  the  Asram  on  the  6th. 

The  Deputy  Commissioner,  Mr.  Barnes 
and  Captain  Broughton  in  their  evidence  before 
the  Commissioner  denied  the  charge  of  having 
bayonetted  the  inmates,  but  Mr.  Barnes  admit- 
ted that  bayonets  were  not  unfixed  till  after  the 
whole  thing  was  over.  He  says  he  ** noticed 
all  the  bayonets  to  see  if  any  one  of  them  was 
blooded.  None  was  blooded."  What  prompted 
him  to  examine  the  bayonets  God  alone  knows. 
The  Commissioner  in  his  report  says  bayonets 
were  not  used  and  that  *  *medical  evidence  alone 
placed  that  beyond  doubt.**  The  medical 
evidence  is  very  amusing.  The  Doctor  who 
examined  the  wounded  at  Maulavi  Bazar  said, 
he  had  not  entered  the  cases  in  his  regular 
register  but  on  a  separate  piece  of  paper  and  in 
pencil  and  that  even  at  the  time  of  the  enquiry 
these  had  not  been  entered  although  cases  of 
much  later  times  had  been  entered.  He  said 
** copies  of  these  notes  were  taken  by  the  D.  C. 

either  on  that  day  or  the  day  after I  was 

asked  by  the  D.  C.  about  bayonet  wounds  and 


SENSATION  IN   SOCIETY  99 

I  told  him  that  I  did  not  find  any  bayonet 
wounds . ' '  He  however  admitted  the  wounds  of 
Nagendra,  Gopal  Sarma  and  Digendra  **were 
caused  by  pointed  instrument,"  that  from  his 
notes  it  was  not  possible  to  say  the  nature  of  the 
wound  of  the  lady  who  had  her  artery  cut.  In 
some  cEises  also  he  did  not  put  down  the 
dimensions  of  the  wounds.  He  said  he  had 
questioned  the  wounded  at  the  time  of  dressing 
and  some  said  they  had  come  by  their  wounds 
by  bayonet  thrusts  and  others  said  by  butts. 
The  Doctor  who  examined  the  male  members 
at  Sylhet  also  made  rough  notes  but  did  not 
enter  them  in  the  register,  though  registers  were 
regularly  maintained.  He  admitted  the  wound 
of  Haralal  was  probably  caused  by  a  **sharp 
pointed  weapon.'*  Captain  Scott  the  Civil 
Surgeon  of  the  District  who  examined  the 
wounded  persons  afterwards  repudiated  the 
theory  of  bayonet  wound  but  could  not  give  the 
exact  date  when  he  visited  the  wounded  persons 
nor  did  he  keep  any  note. 

The  Commissioner  explains  away  the 
assault  on  women  on  the  ground  **that  they 
were  not  readily  distinguishable  from  men." 
Perhaps  he  forgot  that  at  the  time  it  was  broad 


100  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

daylight.  With  regard  to  the  charge  of  men 
and  women  being  dragged  by  the  hair  of  their 
head,  the  Commissioner  says,  ** without  doing 
this,  investigation  of  the  offence  emd  arrest  of 
offenders  were  impossible"  and  with  regard  to 
assault  on  women  he  says,  **A  few  women  were 

tied they  were  not  very  gently  treated  but 

under  all  the  circumstances,  1  do  not  think  the 
Police  can  be  blamed."  With  regard  to  the 
arrest  and  marching  off  of  women  the 
Commissioner  says,  **  Actually,  they  chose 
(except  one  or  two)  to  go  to  Maulavi  Bazar  with 
their  male  relatives  and  children.  At  Maulavi 
Bazar  they  were  not  imprisoned  but  merely 
given  shelter,  etc.,  etc.*' 

With  regard  to  the  desecration  of  the  image 
of  Gauranga  which  was  worshipped  by  the 
Asram  people,  the  Commissioner  notes  the  fact 
that  a  meeting  of  orthodox  Hindus  had  ex- 
communicated Dayananda  on  the  grounds  that 
his  manners  and  customs  were  opposed  to  Hindu 
religion  inasmuch  as  he  worshipped*    ''Sudra 

*  In  India  God  is  often  worshipped  as  the 
Universal  Mother,  who  dwelleth  in  a  special  manner 
in  small  virgin  girls.  Hence  the  practice  of  Kumari- 
puja   (worship   of  virgins)  has   generally   come   into 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  101 

girls,'*  that  he  was  removing  caste  distinctions 
and  allowing  women  to  join  Sanl^irtan.  He 
concludes : 

**These  and  other  facts  cast  a  slur  on  the 

form  of  Hinduism  professed  by  the 

Asram.     It  appears  therefore  (Italics 

mine))  that  the  sanctity  of  the  Asram 

idol  was  very  dubious  and  if  it  was 

not   sacred,    then   it   could    not   be 

desecrated." 

The  Commissioner  also  observes,  **Mussal- 

mans,  one  Jew,  and  low  caste  Hindus  shared  in 

the  religious  exercises  of  the  members  of  the 

Asram/'     Mussalmans,  one  Jewish  gentleman 

and     *low'    caste    Hindus    did    take    part    in 

Sankirtan  but  not  in  the  worship  of  the  image, 

which  was  exclusively  for  those  who  believed  in 

that  form  of  worship.     It  seems  it  is  on  this 

ground    that    the    Commissioner    justifies    the 

vogue.  The  Hindus  who  excommunicated  Daya- 
nanda  ostensibly  on  the  ground  that  his  conduct  was 
against  the  Hindu  Shastras  however  knew  nothing 
of  the  Shastras,  which  clearly  sanction  the  worship 
even  of  a  virgin  girl  born  of  a  woman  of  ill  fame 
and  enjoins  that  no  distinction  is  to  be  made  on  the 
ground  of  caste  or  origin. 


102         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

removal  and  desecration  of  the  image.  The 
Commissioner  entirely  missed  the  point,  viz., 
that  the  only  thing  to  be  taken  into  considera- 
tion v^as  whether  the  people  of  the  Asram  held 
the  image  sacred  or  not  and  not  the  fact  whether 
other  people  did  so  or  not.  Why  should  the 
Commissioner  take  it  upon  himself  to  judge  as 
to  who  was  right  and  who  was  wrong?  Was 
the  Commissioner  in  a  position  to  judge  whether 
Dayananda  and  his  mode  of  religion  was  wrong 
and  those  who  ex-communicated  him  were  in  the 
right  ?  Amongst  the  Hindus  there  are  hundreds 
of  sects  each  professing  a  different  mode  of  wor- 
ship and  each  claiming  to  be  right.  Who  is  to 
judge  which  is  right?  Neither  the  Commis- 
sioner nor  the  Chief  Commissioner  who  is  in 
agreement  with  him.  How  could  they  forget 
the  solemn  pledges  of  Queen  Victoria  where 
she  says:  **None  (be)  molested  or  disquieted 
by  reason  of  their  religious  faith  or  observances" 
and  where  it  is  enjoined  upon  all  Government 
servants  **that  they  abstain  from  all  interference 
with  the  religious  belief  or  worship  of  any  of 
our  subjects'*? 

The  Commissioner  dismisses  the  allegation 
of  the  theft  of  ornaments  on  the  image,  orna- 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  103 

ments  of  the  ladies  kept  in  a  trunk  and  other 
property  of  the  total  value  of  Rs.  8,000/-  and 
holds  even  if  there  was  any  loss,  the  Police 
**could  not  be  held  responsible'*.  Although  he 
himself  notes  that  one  Police  constable  was 
found  in  possession  of  a  coat,  a  jacket  and  an 
ornamental  brass  box  and  was  sent  up  for  trial 
and  convicted.  In  conclusion,  he  goes  out  of 
his  way  and  makes  unworthy  insinuations 
against  Dayananda  and  the  members  of  the 
Asram  of  drunkenness. 

The  Chief  Commissioner  in  reviewing  the 
whole  incident  and  in  considering  the  report  of 
the  Commissioner  makes  a  series  of  statements 
almost  every  one  of  which  calls  for  strong 
comments.  But  that  is  useless  and  beside  the 
purpose.  1  will  content  myself  with  quoting 
one  passage  from  the  Chief  Commissioner's 
note,  which  is  very  interesting  and  at  the  same 
time  very  amusing.  The  Chief  Commissioner 
says  : 

**It  has  been  suggested  that  the  Jagatshi 
Asram  like  the  parent  institution, 
attracted  the  unfavourable  notice  of 
Government  owing  to  its  supposed 
political    tendencies.     Enough    has 


104         THE  master's  worlp-union  scheme 

been  said  to  show  that  action  on  the 
grounds  of  public  moraHty  was  more 
than  once  strongly  urged  on  Govern- 
ment by  private  individuals  whose 
representations  could  not  be  ig- 
nored,"    (Italics  mine). 

I  think  it  would  not  be  unfair  to  infer  from 
this  that  the  action  which  the  Government  took 
was  the  result  of  representations  which  they 
could  not  ignore ;  and  the  ground  of  such  action 
was  public  morality.  The  action  which  Govem- 
ment  took  was  practically  the  suppression  of  the 
Asram.  Whatever  the  motive  be,  moral  or  poli- 
tical, it  comes  to  this  :  Government  wanted  to 
suppress  this  institution.  And  they  only  availed 
themselves  of  this  opportunity.  As  regards  the 
charge  of  immorality,  1  would  only  ask :  Could 
the  Chief  Commissioner  or  any  of  the  detractors 
of  the  Mission  point  to  a  single  instance  of  an 
institution,  like  ours,  which  has  thrived  on  im- 
morality and  yet  has  achieved  great  things  in 
the  world?  And  what  was  the  goal  of  the 
Arunachal  Mission  ?  To  bring  about  the 
material  and  spiritual  regeneration  of  the  world. 
Could  immorality  and  such  a  lofty  ideal — ^the 


SENSATION  IN  SOCIETY  105 

loftiest  that  man  can  conceive — grow  side  by 
side? 

To  show  that  Dayananda  could  not  claim 
sanctity  as  a  Sannyasin,  the  Chief  Commissioner 
quotes  a  passage  from  a  vernacular  paper  of 
Silchar,    which,    in   addition   to   the   charge   of 
immorality,  makes  the  following  observations  : 
** Dayananda  is  the  Panda  (the  apostle)  of 
religious  revolution.     What  is  he  to 
the  Hindus  who  is  going  to  weld 
into     one     Hindus,     and     Mussal- 
mans,  Brahmos  and  Christians  and 
Buddhists  and  Atheists?     We  have 
said  that  the  Hindus  have  no  sym- 
pathy with  his  jumble  of  religions 

Which  of  the  Hindu  Shastras 

(scriptures)  gives  authority  for  this 

combination    of    all    races    and    all 

sects?" 

Yes,    this    is    what    Dayananda    wants    to 

accomplish.       He    wants    to    throw    down    the 

barriers  that  separate  race  from  race,  sect  from 

sect  and  people  from  people  and  to  bind  them 

in  one  bond  of  Love.     He  does  want  to  weld  all 

faiths  into  one  common  faith,  viz,,  a  living  faith 

in    God.       The    writer   of    this    article    though 


106         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

intending  to  discredit  Dayananda,  has  only  given 
a  forecast  of  what  Dayananda  actually  means  to 
bring  about  in  the  world.  Sir  Arch  dale  ELarle 
in  quoting  these  observations  in  support  of  his 
view  has  only  placed  it  on  record.  All  honour 
to  thee  Sir  Archdale ! 

It  has  been  seen  considerable  damage  was 
done  to  the  property  of  the  Asram,  In  fact, 
after  the  raid,  the  Asram  presented  a  spectacle 
of  devastation.  We  did  not  seek  compensation 
for  the  losses.  Nor  could  we  think  of  bringing 
any  case  in  respect  of  the  injuries  inflicted  on  us. 

Thus  ended  the  glorious  episode  of 
Jagatshi.  We  have  none  to  complain  against, 
we  have  nothing  to  grumble  about.  We  hate 
none,  we  despise  none.  Rishi  Yugananda,  who 
died  in  Sylhet  hospital  was  visited  by  the  Chief 
Commissioner  a  few  days  before  his  death.  The 
Chief  Commissioner  asked  him  if  he  had  any 
one  to  complain  against  as  being  responsible  for 
his  injuries.  His  reply  was:  **I  complain 
against  none — those  who  have  injured  me  were 
but  instruments  in  the  hand  of  God.'*  God 
willed  it  and  so  it  happened.  Each  of  us  played 
the  part  that  He  wanted  us  to  play  and  great 


SENSATION  IN  SOQETY  107 

good  will  come — ^has  come  out  of  our  suffering. 
There  is  really  none  to  whom  to  apportion  blame, 
there  is  none  to  whom  to  apportion  praise.  It 
was  no  suffering.  It  wcis  His  reward.  It  was 
His  blessings  and  it  was  our  privilege  to  know 
His  blessings  even  when  they  came  in  the  guise 
of  pain  and  suffering.  Blessed  be  the  name  of 
the  Lord !  Glory  unto  Him !  May  He  soon 
unite  the  world  in  Him !  May  the  hand  of 
brother  never  be  raised  against  brother  or  sister  ! 


V 

SUBSEQUENT    HISTORY    OF    THE 
ARUNACHAL  MISSION. 

Further  progress  towards  the  GoaL 

With     the     fountain-head     of     Arunachal 
Mission  in  jail,  people  thought  Arunachal  would 
die  a  natural  death.     But  that  was  not  to  be. 
His  disciples  did  not  give  up  the  work.     They 
went  on  as  before.     The  fire  that  Dayananda 
had  lit  in  their  hearts  could  not  be  extinguished 
by   persecution.     They    collected   at   the   main 
Asram,  the  Arunachal  and,  as  before,  Sankirtan 
parties  went  on   tour  in   various   parts   of  the 
country.     Slowly,   people  began  to  appreciate 
the  ideals  of  the  Mission — more  people  were 
attracted  to  it.     Even  from  jail  Dayananda  kept 
on  his  work.     A  portion  of  a  letter  that  he  once 
wrote  to  a  disciple  of  his  and  his  wife  reads  thus  : 
**A  man  may  be  a  saint  or  a  seer,  he  may 
be  the  very  chosen  of  the  Lord,  yet 
he  cannot  be  immune  to  the  inexor- 
able laws  of  God.     Those  who  have 
worked  for  the  good  of  mankind  in 


SUBSEQUENT  HISTORY  OF  THE  MISSION  109 

past  ages  have  suffered  terribly  and 
their  suffering  served  a  great  purpose 
of  God.     That  purpose  is  seldon* 

revealed   to   the   worker Youi 

must  not  be  impatient  at  the  goal 
not  being  reached  so  soon.     Brace 
yourselves     up.      Be    prepared     to 
suffer  more — if   need  be,   life-long 
suffering.     1  know  you  are  destined 
to   do   great  things   for  the  world. 
Not  one  single  act  of  yours  is  without 
a  purpose.     Be  the  path  strewn  with 
flowers    or    full    of    thorn,    be    the 
journey  long  or  short,  be  the  journey 
through    darkness    or    light — 1    am 
marching  on  towards  the  great  goal. 
Every  one  of  you  must  come  rapidly 
forward  and  keep  pace  with  me — 
no  vacillation,  no  doubt,  no  pessi- 
mism— none  whatsoever — we  have 
nothing  but  the  great  Goal  before 
us." 
So,   Dayananda's  work   did  not  stop.     It 
went  on  nonetheless  for  his  absence.     He  came 
out  of  jail  in  February,    1914  and  renewed  his 
work  with  the  same  vigour  as  before.  Soon  after, 
8 


/lO  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

.a  great  ceremony  was  held  at  Dinajpur  Asram, 
which  had  been  founded  by  Rishi  Yugananda 
<only  a  short  time  before  his  death.  Below  is 
the  copy  of  a  printed  invitation  letter  that  was 
issued : — 

**The  founder  of  this  Asram  was  Rishi 
Yugananda,  the  Great  Apostle  of 
the  Arunachal  Mission,  who,  with 
the  object  of  carrying  Sri  Gauranga's 
name  and  His  gospel  of  Love  to  the 
Nations  of  the  Earth,  inaugurated 
the  Sankirtan  movement  and  sacri- 
ficed his  own  mortal  frame  at  the 
**Nam-Kirtan-Jagna'*  at  Jagatshi 
Dole-Govinda  Asram,  in  the  district 
of  Sylhet.  To  celebrate  the 
memory  of  that  great  Rishi,  an 
A  nandotsab  (joyous  festival)  with 
Nam-Sankirtan  as  its  sole  pro- 
gramme will  take  place  at  the  Gauri-' 
Gauranga  Asram  at  Dinajpur  for  a 
period  of  four  days  commencing 
from  the  12th  April,  1914.  In 
following  the  unfulfilled  mission  of 
Rishi  Yugananda  the  Asram 
Bhaktas  (disciples)  believe  that  the 


SUBSEQUENT  HISTORY  OF  THE  MISSION  I  1 1 

salvation  of  Modern  Humsinity  lies 
in    this :     the    Centre    of    a    Great 
Catholic    Movement    of    Love    and 
World  cultures,  that  seeks  to  draw 
the  East  and  the  West  closer  together, 
than  has  hitherto  been  the  case  in 
historic  memories. 
It  is  earnestly  hoped  that  saints  and  seers 
of  all  denominations  shall  grace  the 
occasion    by     their    presence     euid 
participation  in  the  joyous  festival. 
Sri  Sri  Thakur  Dayananda  Deb,  the 
fountain-head  of  that  spring  of  Love 
and  Joy,  has  kindly  consented  to  be 
present.     All  are  cordially  invited  to 
attend." 
This  ceremony  was  celebrated  with  great 
Sankirtan,  which  attracted  several  thousands  of 
people  of  the  town  and  of  the  interior.     On  the 
last  day  of  the  ceremony  a  grand  Sankirtan  party 
went  in  procession  through  the  city.     So  far  as 
the  eye  could  go,  it  was  an  ocean  of  human 
heads,  one  solid  mass  of  humanity  moving  on, 
singing  the  name  of  the  Lord  and  dancing  in  joy 
with  Dayananda  also  singing  and  dancing  in 
the  centre.     There  were  people  on  all  sides,  on 


112  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

the  balconies,  on  the  roofs  and  even  on  the  top 
of  trees — all  eager  to  have  a  look  at  this  wonder- 
ful  Being.  Mr.  Ezra  who  had  been  to  Jagatshi, 
came  from  Calcutta  on  this  occasion  also. 
Not  wishing  to  let  this  grand  sight  go  by — ^he 
took  a  bioscope  film  of  the  procession.  There 
was  intense  joy  and  enthusiasm  all  around, 
Mrs.  Staunard,  a  European  lady  connected  with 
the  Bahai  movement,  who  had  come  to  India  to 
acquaint  herself  with  the  religious  movements 
of  the  country,  also  graced  the  occasion  by  her 
presence.  She  was  greatly  impressed  by  what 
she  saw  and  when  Swami  Hansananda,  dressed 
in  the  scantiest  clothes  was  dancing  in  supreme 
happiness  in  the  midst  of  the  Sankirtan  with 
hands  outstretched  and  with  a  divine  glow  on  his 
face,  this  European  lady  was  so  charmed  that 
she  forgot  all  difference  of  race,  colour  and 
country  and  clasped  Hansananda  in  her  breast. 
Who  embraced  whom?  Sister  embraced 
brother.  West  embraced  East.  It  was  only  a 
precursor  of  the  day  that  was  coming  when  the 
East  and  the  West  shall  clasp  one  another  in 
loving  embrace,  when  Love  shall  overthrow  all 
barriers  that  now  separate  them.     Sing  now. 


SUBSEQUENT  HISTORY  OF  THE  MISSION  113 

Mr.  Rudyard  Kipling,  sing  *the  East  and  the 
West  have  met.' 

At  this  joyous  festival  people  had  flocked 
from  all  parts  of  the  country.  There  was  a  huge 
gathering.  It  created  a  great  stir  and  left  a  great 
impression  on  the  mind  of  people.  People 
began  seriously  to  think.     They  must. 

Then  came  the  great  purger  of  God,  the 
Great  Europeem  v^ar,  with  its  awful  carnage, 
with  its  welter  of  blood,  with  untold  sorrow  and 
suffering,  with  famine  and  pestilence,  with  the 
break-up  of  old  kingdoms  and  old  institutions 
following  in  its  train.  In  1915,  when  this  war 
was  raging  the  fiercest,  when  the  story  of  human 
sacrifice  and  human  suffering  was  known  all  the 
world  over,  when  nations  were  arming  to  the 
teeth  and  devising  newer  and  newer  and  each 
deadlier  than  the  other,  engines  of  destruc- 
tion with  the  avowed  object  of  ending  the  war, 
when  nations  were  requisitioning  even  the  aid 
of  God  on  their  side  to  enable  them  to  win  victory 
over  the  *enemy' — ^when  the  bells  of  Christ's 
Church  were  celebrating  each  fresh  wound  on 
His  holy  breast,  the  members  of  the  Arunachal 
Mission  were  praying  to  God  to  shorten  this 
awful  destruction  and  to  grant  peace  to  mankind. 


114  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

That  was  the  one  fervent  prayer  that  rose  from 
their  soul.  So  filled  were  their  hearts  with 
sorrow  for  suffering  brothers  and  sisters  that  on 
January  14th,  1915,  Swami  Abhoyananda,  an 
ardent  disciple  of  TTiakur  Dayananda,  sent  the 
following  message  to  the  Viceroy  : — 

**May  it  please  Your  Excellency, 

Your  humble  petitioner  Swami 
Abhoyananda,  a  servant  of  Thakur 
Dayanandadeb,  the  fountain-head 
of  the  y4  runac/ia/  Mission,  Silchar, 
considers  it  a  paramount  duty  before 
God  and  man  to  announce  that  he 
is  deeply  moved  at  the  terrible  loss 
of  human  lives,  the  destruction  and 
annihilation  of  various  religious 
institutions,  churches  and  hearths 
and  homes  of  the  people  of  the  West 
and  the  consequent  sufferings,  in 
some  shape  or  other,  entailed 
throughout  the  Universe  on  account 
of  the  Great  European  War  in  which 
practically  all  the  nations  of  the 
World  have  now  taken  part. 

To-day  is  the  sixth  anniversary  of 
the  A  sram,  to  which  your  petitioner 


SUBSEQUENT  HISTORY  OF  THE  MISSION  115 

belongs,  but  alas  !  he  finds  himself 
helpless  to  enjoy  the  festive  occasion 
as  his  whole  heart  and  soul  have 
been  fully  occupied  in  devising 
means  for  a  peaceful  solution  of  the 
present  feverish  unrest  pervading 
the  creation.  He  is,  however,  con- 
vinced that  no  human  effort  except 
Providential  favour  can  bring  about 
a  restoration  of  peace.  He  is  there- 
fore, actuated  by  a  strong  impulse  of 
desire  to  invoke  the  blessings  of  the 
Almighty  for  the  establishment  of  a 
world-wide  peace  for  many  centu- 
ries to  come  by  taking  his  stand 
simply  barehanded  at  the  front  of  the 
battlefield  before  the  horrible  des- 
tructive and  powerful  machines  and 
guns  of  modern  warfare  which 
have  already  wrought  havoc  among 
human  lives  and  property  and  are 
daily  increasing  the  lamentable  and 
innumerable  miseries.  Your  peti- 
tioner therefore  humbly  craves  your 
Excellency's  indulgent  consideration 


I 


116  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

in    the    matter    and    needful    per- 
mission.** 

Sir  Archdale  Earle,  the  Chief  Commissioner 
of  Assam,  in  acknowledging,  wrote  a  letter  to 
the  Swami  in  appreciative  terms. 

Of  course,  the  Viceroy  did  not  grant  hi 
permission.  But  did  this  sentiment  go  in  vai 
Did  this  noble  thought  go  in  vain?  No,  nevef 
This  grand  thought  of  bringing  peace  on  earii 
by  invoking  the  mercy  of  God  must  have  reach^ 
the  throne  of  the  Supreme  and  it  must  haie 
scattered  all  over  the  world.  It  has  borne  fruic, 
the  full  measure  and  significance  of  which  we 
are  not  at  present  permitted  to  know. 

In  this  way  the  work  of  the  Arunachal 
Mission  was  going  on.  The  goal  of  their 
Mission  was  at  heind.  They  were  biding  their 
time. 

At  this  time  in  May,  1916,  it  pleased  Provi- 
dence to  still  further  force  the  A  runachal  Mission 
on  the  attention  of  the  people.  It  came  in  the 
shape  of  a  false  case  brought  against  Thakur 
Dayancinda,  Swami  Hansananda  and  another 
disciple  of  the  Thakur,  Pragnananda,  by  one 
Sudhir  Goswami  of  Balurghat,  in  the  district  of 
Dinajpur.     The  charge  was  one  of  kidnapping 


SUBSEQUENT  HISTORY  OF  THE  MISSION  117 

his  minor  sister.  Previous  to  this  the  whole  of 
Sudhir's  family,  his  mother,  sisters,  uncles,  their 
wives,  sons  and  daughters  had  all  come  to 
Dinajpur  Asram  to  pay  their  homage  to  the 
Thakur.  Sudhir's  mother  wanted  to  give  her 
youngest  daughter  in  marriage  to  Swami  Hansa- 
nanda  even  against  the  established  practice  in 
Hindu  society.  The  TThakur  having  consented, 
the  marriage  was  fixed  to  be  celebrated  at  the 
A  runachal  A  sram  at  Silchar .  The  party  returned 
home  and  sometime  after,  Sudhir's  mother  with 
her  two  daughters  accompanied  by  Pragnananda 
came  to  Silchar.  In  the  meantime  the  report 
of  the  proposed  marriage  got  abroad  and  there 
was  a  great  sensation  in  orthodox  circle  there. 
Sudhir's  uncle  who  was  practically  the  guardian 
of  the  family  gave  in  to  social  opposition — his 
heart  quailed  before  social  excommunication. 
Then,  at  the  instigation  of  several  persons,  a 
kidnapping  case  was  got  up.  The  case  was 
tried  by  the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Silchar  and 
Dayananda  and  his  two  disciples  were  convicted, 
Dayananda  and  Hansananda  being  sentenced  to 
six  months'  rigorous  imprisonment  and  Pragna- 
nanda to  one  month's.  The  District  Judge 
before  whom  an  appeal  was  preferred  set  aside 


118  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

the  conviction  and  the  sentence.  He  made  some 
strong  comments  on  the  procedure  adopted  by 
the  Deputy  Commissioner  and  observed : 

**TTie  evidence,  oral  and  documentary, 

shows    beyond    the    possibility    of 

doubt  that  the  case  has  been  built 

up  and  developed  as  it  went  on  with 

the    clear   intention    of    getting    the 

accused    convicted    some    way    or 

other.** 

Tlie  case  proved  a  failure.     But  the  Asram 

still  continued  to  receive  attention  of  the  Police. 

Police  espionage  continued  more  vigorously  than 

ever. 

Writing  at  this  distance  of  time,  1  must 
however  note  that  a  change  for  the  better  has^^ 
come  over  the  officicJ  mind.  Although  the 
Police  still  pays  occasional  visits  to  the  Asram 
to  make  'enquiry,*  Police  espionage  has  ceased. 
A  still  greater  change  has  come  over  the  public 
mind.  An  actively  hostile  public  is  slowly 
coming  more  and  more  to  appreciate  and  admire 
the  great  work  of  the  Master. 


THAKUR  DAYANANDA 


VI 

THE   WORLD   AT   THE   END   OF   THE 

WAR. 

The  Scheme  Presented, 

The  great  world-war  came  to  an  end  on 
1  1th  November,  1918.  During  these  four  and 
a  half  years  Europe  had  been  drenched  in  blood, 
millions  of  men  had  died  and  many  times  as 
many  had  been  wounded  and  incapacitated  for 
life.  Half  Europe  had  been  devastated. 
Russia,  after  ages  of  suffering,  passed  from  a 
despotic  form  of  Government  to  a  Republican 
and  from  a  Republican  to  a  Bolshevik.  Germany 
sent  her  tyrant  into  exile  and  declared  for  a 
Republican  form  of  Government.  The  Austria- 
Hungarian  Empire  broke  up  and  out  of  her  ashea 
grew  up  many  small  kingdoms.  Poland  which 
had  been  bartered  amongst  themselves  by 
Germany,  Austria  and  Russia  sprang  into 
existence.  Smaller  nationalities  within  the 
Russian  Empire  declared  themselves  free  and 
formed  their  own  governments.  All  the 
countries  that  had  engaged  in  war  were  suffering 


120         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

from  exhaustion  except  perhaps  America.  There 
were  distinct  signs  of  war-weariness  in  every 
country  and  as  soon  as  fighting  ceased,  unrest 
which  had  kept  its  head  down  under  outside 
pressure,  became  manifest  in  almost  all  coun- 
tries. People  began  to  take  stock  of  their  profits 
and  losses.  The  total  losses  in  the  war  on  all 
sides  were  nearly — killed  7,000,000  men, 
wounded  18,800,000  men,  missing  (of  whom  it 
may  be  presumed  half  had  been  killed) 
6,500,000  and  the  total  casualties  amounted  to 
31,000,000  men,  excluding  the  losses  of  Japan, 
Bulgaria  and  Montenegro.  In  addition  to  this 
there  was  great  loss  of  life  and  property  on  sea. 
Thousands  of  millions  of  pounds  were  spent  in 
waging  the  war  and  national  debt  in  every 
country  soared  to  the  highest  point.  The  back 
of  the  people  just  began  to  bend  under  its  heavy 
weight. 

In  these  circumstances  the  first  thought  that 
came  to  people  was  :  why  had  they  engaged  in 
war?  What  was  the  gain?  They  could  find 
none.  Was  not  the  world  big  enough  for  all  of 
them?  The  earth  lacked  nothing  which  would 
make  them  happy.  Then  why  this  cutting  of 
each  other's  throat?     There  was  not  a  home 


THE  WORLX)  AT  THE  END  OF  THE  WAR  12t 

which  had  not  lost  some  near  and  dear  ones. 
What  was  the  good  of  it  all?  People  were  sel 
furiously  to  think. 

For  the  Arunachal  Mission  the  day  had 
come.  The  path  to  the  ideal  which  they  had 
been  cherishing  and  which  they  had  held  forth 
to  the  world  had  almost  been  cleared.  A  world 
mourning  over  the  loss  of  near  and  dear  ones, 
a  world  impoverished,  stricken  with  famine  and 
pestilence  had  now  taken  the  road  to  that  ideal. 
It  had  been  made  to  turn  its  face  towards  that. 
The  mantra  of  uniting  the  world  in  God  which 
Dayananda  had  been  repeating  in  the  silence  of 
Arunachal  for  ten  long  years  had  borne  fruit  at 
last.  The  thought  that  he  had  been  radiating 
to  the  world  had  now  taken  shape.  At  this 
time,  with  a  view  to  further  stimulate  this  idea 
of  the  union  of  mankind  in  one  bond  of  Love, 
he  sent  a  direct  message  to  the  people  of  the 
world  assembled  at  the  Peace  Conference  at 
Paris.  On  December  18th,  1918,  he  sent  an 
*  Appeal*  to  the  members  of  the  Peace  Confer- 
ence, giving  a  very  brief  outline  of  his  scheme 
of  world  reconstruction. 

The  scheme  reads  as  follows  : — 


122         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

AN  APPEAL  TO  THE   MEMBERS  OF 
THE   PEACE   CONFERENCE 

From  a  Sannyasin,  a  Friend  of  the  World. 

With  the  end  of  the  great  war,  a  new  era 
of  peace  and  progress  has  dawned  upon  the 
world.  Statesmen  and  philosophers  of  all 
countries  are  striving  to  find  out  how  best  to 
bring  about  peace  and  harmony,  and  some  of 
them  have  come  forward  with  definite  sugges- 
tions of  their  own;  but  none,  to  my  mind,  are 
<:alculated  to  bring  about  the  desired  end.  I  also 
have  worked  out  a  scheme  and  1  venture  to  place 
it  before  the  Conference,  but  before  doing  so 
I  wish  to  make  a  few  observations  : 

One  side  has  achieved  victory  in  the  war 
and  is  jubilant,  the  other  is  defeated  and  thinks 
itself  helpless — one  side  is  supremely  happy, 
the  other  is  sullen  and  dejected.  The  Central 
Powers  have  accepted  the  terms  of  armistice 
because  they  could  not  do  otherwise.  If  at  the 
conclusion  of  peace  severe  terms,  even  if  they 
be  just  and  equitable,  are  imposed  upon  the 
Central  nations,  they  will  have  to  accept  them 


THE  WORLD  AT  THE  END  OF  THE  WAR  123 

^nly  as  a  way  out  of  the  difficult  position  in 
which  they  find  themselves,  while  at  the  same 
time  they  will  be  smarting  under  a  sense  of 
grievous  wrong,  and  will  always  be  on  the  look- 
out for  an  opportunity  to  break  away  from  the 
compact.  Thus  there  will  be  peace  in  appear- 
ance but  not  a  real  and  lasting  peace,  which  the 
world  is  longing  for.  A  serious  attempt  should 
therefore  be  made  to  establish  peace  on  the  basis 
of  universal  brotherhood  of  man,  and  to  knit 
mankind  in  one  bond  of  love  and  union. 

With  all  respect  and  humility,  I,  therefore, 
make  an  earnest  appeal  to  every  member  of  the 
Peace  Conference  to  make  such  an  attempt. 
Let  all  who  take  part  in  the  deliberations  of  this 
momentous  conference  be  filled  with  a  deep 
sense  of  responsibility,  the  like  of  which  never 
rested  on  any  man  before.  A  most  sacred  task 
has  been  entrusted  to  them  and  in  order  to  fulfil 
it,  they  must  rise  above  the  petty  prejudices  of 
one  country  against  another  and  be  even 
prepared  to  sacrifice,  if  need  be,  the  interests  of 
one  nation  before  the  greater  interests  of  all 
humanity. 

The  proper  question  before  the  members  of 
the  Peace  Conference  should  be,  not  to  gain  the 


124         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

best  advantage  over  the  enemy,  but  to  adopt 
measures  which  will  make  all  future  wars  not 
merely  impossible  but  unnecessary.  Now  let 
me  present  my  scheme  which,  1  hope  and  trust, 
will  bring  about  the  desired  end : 

*  *Let  the  people  of  each  country  elect  for 
a  definite  number  of  years  one 
amongst  themselves  as  President, 
who,  with  the  help  of  a  Council, 
will  guide  their  destinies.  And  let 
the  Presidents  of  the  different  coun- 
tries, in  turn,  elect  one  among  them- 
selves as  the  Chief  President  who, 
with  a  Council  of  Ministers  sent  by 
the  different  countries  (each  forming 
a  component  part  of  the  common- 
wealth of  the  world)  will  form  a 
Government  separate  from  the  Gov- 
ernment of  each  country  and  at  the 
same  time  be  watching  over  and 
looking  into  the  workings  of  each, 
as  well  as  co-ordinating  the  actions 
and  activities  of  the  different  coun- 
tries in  matters  of  international  affairs 
so  that  all  will  grow  and  develop 


THE  WORLD  AT  THE  END  OF  THE  WAR  125 

alike  and  none  will  take  adfantage 
over  the  other. 

All  the  Presidents  and  the  Chief  F^resident 
are  to  think  themselves  to  be  the  viceg^^rents  and 
servants  of  God,  the  common  Father  of  all,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  look  upon  all  the  people  bf 
all  the  countries  as  their  brothers,  and  they  must 
hold  themselves  responsible  before  God  and  man 
for  the  peace,  happiness  and  progress,  both 
spiritual  and  material,  of  the  world. 

If  this  scheme  of  mine  is  accepted  and  given 
shape  to,  it  will  remove  the  feeling  of  rivalry  and 
ill-will, — it  will  do  away  with  all  differences 
between  Labour  and  Capital  and  all  other  internal 
differences  of  each  particular  country  as  also  the 
differences  between  one  country  and  another. 
Tlie  people  of  one  particular  country  will  have 
nothing  to  lose,  but  everything  to  gain — ^they  will 
enjoy  the  fruits  of  the  labour  and  culture  of  every 
other  nation  without  ceasing  to  enjoy  the  peculiar 
blessings  of  their  own.  Under  the  scheme, 
there  will  be  no  room  for  superiority  £ind 
inferiority — no  sense  of  shame  which  attaches  to 
a  subject  nation  and  consequently  no  ground  for 
jealousy  and  least  of  all,  will  there  be  the  need 
for  Militarism.  I  have  felt  it  within  myself  that 
9 


126    \     THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

this  is  \the  only  way  to  bring  aBout  a  solution  of 
all  the  troubles  of  the  world  and  that  there  is  no 
other.     \ 

Trueu  the  difficulties  in  the  path  of  this  ideal 
are  great  a  nd  numerous ;  nevertheless,  this  idea 
will  have  ixo  be  worked  out  before  there  can  be 
peace  and  Hiarmony  on  ecirth.  1  have  put  my 
scheme  in  a  crude  form  but  1  am  prepared  to 
work  it  out  in  detail  and  to  meet  all  arguments 
against  it.  Thie  nations  of  the  world  may  come 
to  an  arrangement  amongst  some  of  themselves 
and  may  call  it  peace,  but  true  peace  cannot 
come  unless  and  until  this  ideal  is  accepted  and 
given  effect  to.  In  fact,  the  federation  of  all 
nations  will  be  the  logical  sequence  of  the  great 
world- war. 

Let  the  members  of  the  Peace  Conference 
cast  aside  all  sense  of  national  pride  and  preju- 
dice, and  they  will  at  once  see  that  this  is  the 
highest  consummation  that  they  can  look  for. 
The  world  has  arrived  at  a  stage  when  this  cannot 
be  delayed  any  more — ^the  time  is  most  pro- 
pitious and  serious  attempts  should  be  made  in 
this  direction.  1  only  hope  that  the  members 
of  the  Peace  Conference  will  not  fail  to  do  so. 
May  the  God  of  all  nations  give  them  courage 


THE  WORLD  AT  THE  END  OF  THE  WAR  127 

and    strength    to    bring  down  the  Kingdom  of 
Heaven  on  earth. 

Thakur  Dayananda. 

This  scheme  was  sent  to  all  the  members 
of  the  Peace  Conference,  to  His  Majesty  the 
King  Emperor,  to  the  British  Premier,  French 
Premier,  Italian  Premier,  President  Wilson, 
and  to  other  leading  statesmen  and  politicians, 
as  also  to  the  principal  newspapers  of  England 
and  France  and  to  some  in  America.  Copies 
were  sent  to  the  editors  of  all  principal  news- 
papers in  India,  both  English  and  vernacular,  to 
the  Viceroy  of  India  and  to  all  the  provincial 
heads  of  administration. 

On  the  same  day  the  following  substance  of 
the  scheme  was  also  cabled  to  the  President  of 
the  Peace  Conference,  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  Mons. 
Clemenceau  and  President  Wilson:  — 

**Om.  Thakur  Dayananda  of  Arunachal 
Mission,  a  Sannyasin  and  a  Friend  of  the  World 
appeals  to  the  Peace  Conference  to  bring  about 
a  real,  lasting  aind  world-wide  peace  based  on 
Fatherhood  of  God  and  Brotherhood  of  man  and 
to  knit  Mankind  in  one  bond  of  Love  and  Union. 


128         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

With  this  end  in  view  he  presents  before  Con- 
ference the  following  scheme : 

Let  the  people  of  each  country  elect  for 
a  definite  number  of  years  one 
amongst  themselves  as  President 
who  with  the  help  of  a  Council,  will 
guide  their  destinies.  Let  the  Presi- 
dents of  the  different  countries,  in 
turn,  elect  one  amongst  themselves 
as  the  Chief  President  who,  with  a 
Council  of  Ministers  sent  by  the 
different  countries  (each  country 
forming  a  component  part  of  the 
commonwealth  of  the  world)  will 
form  a  Government  separate  from 
the  Government  of  each  country  and 
at  the  same  time  be  watching  over 
and  looking  into  the  workings  of 
each  as  well  as  co-ordinating  the 
actions  and  activities  of  the  different 
countries  in  matters  of  international 
affairs,  so  that  all  will  grow  and 
develop  alike  and  none  will  take 
advantage  over  the  others.  All  the 
Presidents  and  the  Chief  President 
are  to  think  themselves  to  be  vice- 


THE  WORLD  AT  THE  END  OF  THE  WAR  129 

gerents  and  servants  of  God,  the 
Common  Father  of  all  and  at  the 
same  time  to  look  upon  all  the 
people  of  all  the  countries  as  their 
brothers  and  they  must  hold  them- 
selves responsible  before  God  and 
man  for  the  peace,  happiness  and 
progress,  both  spiritual  and  material, 
of  the  people  of  the  world. 

Thakur  Dayananda  has  put  his  scheme  in 
a  crude  form  but  he  is  prepared  to  work  it  out 
in  details.  May  the  God  of  all  nations  give  the 
members  of  the  Peace  Conference  strength  and 
courage  to  bring  down  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven 
on  earth." 

Needless  to  say,  the  Peace  Conference  did 
not  take  any  note  of  it.  The  newspapers  except 
two  vernacular  papers  in  India  did  not  think  it 
worth  publishing.  The  Viceroy  and  some  of 
the  heads  of  Provincial  Administration  acknow- 
ledged it.  Dayananda  who  had  taken  upon 
himself  the  task  of  establishing  the  Kingdom  of 
Heaven  on  earth  was  not  to  be  dismayed  by  this. 
He  knew  the  day  was  at  hand  when  the  world 
must  come  round  to  his  view  and  accept  the 


130         THE  master's  worlx>-union  scheme 

scheme  as  the  only  way  to  ensure  Universal 
Peace  and  he  was  calmly  waiting  for  that  day. 

At  this  time  President  Wilson  came  into 
the  arena  with  his  gospel  of  Peace  eind  good-will 
amongst  nations,  of  safeguarding  the  rights  of 
smaller  nations,  of  making  the  world  safe  for 
democracy.  He  keenly  felt  the  suffering  and 
misery  of  the  world  and  clearly  saw  that 
nothing  but  a  reconstruction  of  the  world  would 
make  it  safe  from  such  a  catastrophe.  He 
sincerely  believed  that  he  would  be  able  to  do 
that.  He  raised  high  hopes  for  the  future  in 
the  people  of  the  world.  His  noble  utterances 
fired  the  war-weary  world  with  new  hopes  aind 
naturally  they  looked  up  to  him  as  the  Saviour. 
But  the  time  was  not  yet — nor  was  he  the 
Saviour. 

However,  the  plenipotentiaries  of  the  Allied 
powers  met  at  Versailles  on  January  18th,  1919. 
The  proceedings  of  the  opening  session  were 
secret.  On  February  14th  and  April  10th, 
plenary  sittings  took  place  but  practically  all  the 
clauses  of  the  Peace  Treaty  were  settled  by  the 
*Big  Five*  in  secret  conclave  and  no  minutes 
were  kept  of  their  deliberations.  The  Japanese 
delegates  wanted  to  insert  in  the  Covenant  of  the 


THE  WORLD  AT  THE  END  OF  THE  WAR     131 

League  of  Nations  a  declaration  affirming  the 
equality  of  all  races.  The  motion  was  carried 
by  a  majority  but  President  Wilson  who  was 
presiding  on  the  occasion,  ruled  it  out  on  the 
ground  that  unanimity  was  necessary  for  the 
adoption  of  amendments  of  that  kind.  The 
treaty  was  presented  to  the  German  Delegation 
on  May  7th  and  it  was  signed  by  them  on  June 
29th.  Instead  of  the  federation  of  mankind 
which  the  people  of  the  world  would  have  hailed 
with  joy,  the  Peace  Conference  gave  to  the  world 
a  League  of  Nations  from  which  the  'enemies* 
of  the  Allies  were  excluded.  President  Wilson 
who  had  declared  before  that  everything  must 
be  done  in  the  broad  light  of  day  now  readily 
acceeded  to  holding  the  Conference  in  secret. 
The  world  wanted  bread  and  got  a  stone. 
President  Wilson  began  with  raising  high  hopes 
and  ended  in  abject  failure.  He  sacrificed  his 
high  ideals  and  abdicated  the  immensely 
superior  position  which  he  had  gained  by  reason 
of  his  high  ideals  and  by  reason  of  the  moral 
support  of  the  people  of  the  world.  He  allowed 
himself  to  be  out-manoeuvred.  He  allowed  his 
powers  for  doing  immense  good  to  be  filched 
away  from  him.     He  had  not  that  spiritual  force 


132         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

behind  him  without  which  none  can  effect  the 
regeneration  of  the  world.  He  had  not  that 
undying  faith  in  the  ideal  which  can  defy  and 
break  all  opposition.  He  thought,  under  the 
circumstances,  compromise  was  the  best  course. 
He  was  afraid  lest  the  whole  of  his  ideal  should 
be  rejected.  He  effected  a  compromise  so  that 
some  of  his  plans  might  be  accepted.  Truth 
knows  no  compromise.  It  must  be  accepted  as 
a  whole  or  rejected  as  a  whole.  President 
Wilson  sacrificed  truth  before  falsehood,  prin- 
ciple before  expediency.  He  lost  his  ideals,  the 
inspiration  that  comes  from  the  pursuit  of  noble 
ideals  and  the  hold  that  he  had  over  the  mind 
of  the  people  of  the  world.  He  returned  home 
baffled.  The  high  privilege  of  doing  good  to 
Humanity  was  taken  away  from  him. 


VII 
THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION. 

The  world  situation  is  one  and  must  be  dealt 
with  as  one. 

In  the  year  1920,  two  years  after  the  con- 
clusion of  Peace,  we  find  the  world  stands  where 
it  was  or,  rather,  it  has  progressed  towards  a 
world  cataclysm.  Peace  on  the  basis  of  Father- 
hood of  God  and  Brotherhood  of  man  which 
Thakur  Dayananda  invited  the  members  of  the 
Peace  Conference  to  attempt  to  establish  has  not 
yet  come.  Subsequent  events  have  proved  to  the 
letter  his  prophecy  that  if  hard  terms  were 
imposed  on  the  Central  powers,  they  would 
accept  them  as  the  way  out  of  the  difficult  posi- 
tion in  which  they  found  themselves  but  would 
be  on  the  look  out  for  the  earliest  opportunity 
to  break  the  treaty.  Crushing  and  impossible 
terms  were  imposed  on  the  Central  powers  and 
the  result  has  been,  as  Thakur  Dayananda 
warned  the  members  of  the  Peace  Conference  it 
would  be,  peace  in  name  but  not  a  real  and 
lasting  peace.  Again  and  again  has  Germany 
tried  to  evade  the  obligations  forced  on  her. 


134         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

Such  was  the  impossible  nature  of  some  of 
the  provisions  of  the  Treaty  that  the  AlHes  them- 
selves have  had  to  revise  them.  They  have  had 
to  give  up  the  plan  of  trying  the  ex-German 
Emperor  before  an  International  Court  of  Justice 
and  we  have  almost  ceased  to  hear  of  the  trial 
of  the  minor  offenders  not  before  an  International 
Court  but  even  before  a  German  Court. 
Germany  has  again  and  again  refused  to  hand 
over  war  materials  and  the  coal  which  she  agreed 
to  supply  France  has  not  been  supplied.  The 
Allies  wanted  a  huge  indemnity  which  she 
could  not  pay.  TTie  Allies  have  now  come  to 
realize  that  they  can  not  get  what  they  wanted 
gund  they  now  ask  Germany  to  name  a  sum 
which  she  can  pay.  Even  this  sum  Germany, 
in  the  present  state  of  her  finances,  owing  to 
dislocation  of  trade  and  stoppage  of  commerce, 
is  unable  to  pay.  The  Allies  now  prop>ose  to 
lend  Germany  this  sum  to  enable  her  to  pay. 
How  nice  ! 

Thakur  Dayananda  reminded  the  members 
of  the  Peace  Conference  of  the  heavy  responsi- 
bility that  rested  on  them.  He  reminded  them 
that  the  well-being  of  the  whole  world  was  in 
their  keeping.     He  warned  them  that  if  they 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  135 

wanted  to  establish  peace  on  earth  on  a  true  and 
permanent  basis  they  must  rise  above  passions 
and  prejudices  and  look  not  to  their  own  tem- 
porary gains  but  to  the  permanent  interests  of 
all  Humanity.  These  warnings  have  gone 
unheeded.  And  with  what  result ?  They  have 
inflicted  on  the  world  greater  suffering  than 
perhaps  the  war  alone  did.  How  does  the 
world  stand  to-day?  The  whole  world  to-day 
is  in  an  abyss  of  sorrow  and  suffering.  The 
unrest  which  was  brewing  Eunongst  the  masses 
even  from  before  the  war  for  a  better  and  newer 
life  has  increased  a  hundredfold.  A  growing 
sense  of  dissatisfaction  with  the  existing  order 
of  human  society  which  was  discernible  then 
has  now  become  more  pronounced  than  ever. 
It  has  overtaken  the  whole  of  Humanity.  The 
forces  of  evil  which  the  war  set  free  were  not 
eradicated  by  the  Peace  Treaty.  Everybody  for 
himself  and  devil  take  the  hindermost  is  still  the 
outstanding  feature  of  European  politics.  Poli- 
tically, Europe  is  in  a  muddle.  Economically, 
and  spiritually  she  is  dying. 

Take  the  case  of  England.  Ireland  has 
been  a  perpetual  thorn  on  the  side  of  England. 
England's  internal  condition  also  is  not  very 


136         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

hopeful.  Class  war  is  raging  as  furiously  as 
ever.  She  is  hated  in  America  for  her  Irish 
policy  and  envied  even  by  her  late  Allies  for 
having  got  the  better  of  them  in  respect  of  the 
gains  out  of  the  v/ar.  Mesopotamia  has  proved 
a  losing  concern  and  by  her  attempt  at  forcing 
a  more  *  civilized'  form  of  government  on  the 
Arabs,  she  is  probably  forcing  them  into  the 
arms  of  the  Bolsheviks.  India  is  dissatisfied. 
Egypt's  question  has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily 
settled.  Her  treatment  towards  Turkey  has 
enraged  the  vast  Mahommedan  populations  from 
Egypt  to  India.  High  prices,  scarcity  of  food 
and  coal  and  almost  all  things,  and  growing 
unemployment, — ^these  have  made  the  life  of 
the  people  unbearable.  The  attempt  to  save  the 
people  from  the  contagion  of  Bolshevism  by  an 
effective  blockade  of  Russia  and  keeping  out  her 
abundant  production  has  had  just  the  effect 
which  Government  did  not  want.  Spiritually, 
England  is  in  a  moribund  condition.  The  nation 
that  set  slaves  all  over  the  world  free  has  passed 
away.  Lust  for  power,  long  domination  over 
subject  races  have  sapped  her  moral  vitality. 
Mr.  Asquith  says,  **Our  conscience  is  blunted, 
our  soul  half  dead".     Quite  true.      **England 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  137 

never  succumbs'*,  vaunted  Lord  Fisher.  The  fact 
that  England  did  not  succumb  in  the  past  was 
due  not  to  her  army  or  navy  or  her  world-wide 
commerce,  but  to  the  moral  force  which  she 
still  possessed.  But  that  force  has  been  spent 
up.  She  has  fallen  from  her  spiritual  height. 
If  England  does  not  take  heed  even  now,  she  is 
bound  to  succumb. 

In  a  magnificent  article  in  the  Daily 
Chronicle,  Sir  Philip  Gibbs,  in  reviewing  the 
present  European  situation,  says  : — 

**But  let  us  come  nearer  home  to  the 
countries  of  our  Allies — the  nations  of  Victory. 
What  of  France?  France  was  joyous  for  a  little 
while  with  the  intoxication  of  that  victory  after 
years  of  sacrifice,  and  after  the  last  turn  of  the 
tide,  when  there  had  been  frisson  of  horror 
because  the  enemy  was  over  the  Marne  and 
Paris  threatened. 

**But  other  men  in  France  whom  I  have 
met  say  :  *Our  million  dead  will  never  come 
to  life  again.  Our  debts  will  never  be  paid. 
Our  industries  are  decaying  for  lack  of  coal — 
which  England  sells  us  at  outrageous  cost — and 
Germany  does  not  deliver  as  she  was  pledged. 
Our  best  brains  were  plugged  by  German  bullets 


138         THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

and  England  won  the  Peace  which  we  lost, 
though  we  fought  most  for  victory.  Our  popula- 
tion is  dwindling  away,  and  last  year  our  deaths 
were  higher  than  our  births  by  220,000.  France 
victorious  is  dying.*' 

France,  the  home  of  Liberty,  Fraternity  and 
Equality,  is  to-day  one  of  the  most  reactionary 
countries.  Her  soul  has  been  buried  under  her 
75  M.  M.  guns.  Unable  to  get  back  her  loans 
from  Russia,  she  is  waging  a  war  against  her : 
She  is  backing  Wrangel  in  the  Crimea  and 
egging  on  typhus-stricken  Poland  to  fight 
Russia.  France  to-day  is  dying  because  she  has 
given  a  go-by  to  her  lofty  idealism. 

Says  Sir  Philip  Gibbs  : 

**In  Italy  there  is  no  great  comfort  for  the 
soul  of  Europe.  They  are  staggering  under  a 
vast  load  of  debt.  Their  paper  money  is  worth- 
less in  the  chase  of  high  prices.  Unemployment 
grows  like  a  creeping  paralysis,  and  strikes  for 
higher  wages,  ceaseless,  futile  strikes  lessen  the 
production  of  all  necessities  of  life,  put  the  prices 
higher,  and  intensify  the  sickness  of  the  nation. 
Now  the  workmen  are  seizing  the  factories,  but 
the  raw  material  is  not  in  the  factory  sheds,  and 
there  is  no  money  to  buy  it. 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  139 

**In  some  countries,  of  course,  the  ruin  is 
not  impending  but  present  and  engulfing. 
Austria  is  one  of  them,  so  stricken,  so  starving, 
so  helpless  that  she  exists  on  charity  alone  and 
is  sapped  of  all  vital  energy. 

**Germany,  as  far  as  1  can  learn,  is  in  a  bet- 
ter state,  and  has  within  herself  the  means  of 
recovery  but  people  over  here  who  imagine  that 
her  factories  are  at  full  blast  and  that  she  will 
^oon  be  rich  and  strong  and  truculent  again,  are 
in  my  opinion,  deluded  by  false  evidence.** 

The  Military  party  in  Germany  is  still 
strong.  The  demobilised  men  have  not  yet 
given  up  their  spirit  of  adventure  and  their  love 
of  blood.  TTie  ominous  disclosure  has  been 
made  that  overtures  were  made  to  the  Military 
party  to  join  hcinds  with  the  Allies  in  crushing 
Bolshevism  out  of  existence  in  return  for  a 
favourable  revision  of  the  Treaty,  while  the 
Bolsheviks  made  overtures  to  them  to  help  them 
to  overrun  the  whole  of  Europe. 

**Russia  is  one  vast  great  empire  of  misery, 
and  no  mortal  soul  knows  yet  what  agony  she 
still  has  to  suffer  before  her  social  revolution  has 
worked  itself  out*',  says  Sir  Philip  Gibbs. 

While  in  Poland,  Lithunia  and  other  ofiF- 


140         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

spring  of  the  dismembered  Austrian  Empire,, 
they  are  fighting  ceaselessly  for  boundaries. 
Typhus-stricken  Poland  is  fighting  Russia  and 
her  neighbours  for  extended  territory,  while  her- 
self begging  help  from  outside  world  for 
combating  her  diseases. 

While  again  in  other  countries  of  Europe 
they  have  not  been  able  to  recover  from  the 
economic  losses  they  suffered  during  anrf 
after  the  war.  Europe  is  starving,  Europe  is 
dying  of  sickness.  But  **Europe  can  expect  no 
help  from  America",  said  the  American  re- 
presentative at  the  Brussels  Conference  on  the 
International  Financial  situation. 

This  is  how  Europe  stands.  What  of  Asia? 
Turkey,  Northern  Persia,  Central  Asia  have 
come  under  the  influence  of  the  Bolsheviks. 
Even  Afghanistan  has  not  been  immune  from 
the  tidal  wave  of  Bolshevism  which  has  practical- 
ly engulfed  the  whole  of  Eastern  Asia. 

India,  the  land  of  the  Rishis,  the  land  where 
so  many  different  religions  and  different  cultures 
met  and  all  found  their  place  was,  till  sometime 
ago,  dead  to  all  purposes.  But  she  is  being 
bom  again  through  pain  and  suffering.  There 
is  grave  political  unrest  all  over  the  country.. 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION        14  J 

Graver  still  is  the  unrest  amongst  Mahommedans 
on  account  of  the  dismemberment  and  humilia- 
tion of  Turkey ;  and  the  movement  of  Non- 
Co-operation  which  has  in  its  womb  the  seed  of 
great  troubles  has  been  started  out  of  despera- 
tion. 

China  has  been,  since  the  revolution,  the 
scene  of  perpetual  strife  amongst  contending 
factions.  At  the  present  moment  she  is  suffer- 
ing from  an  acute  famine  extending  over  a  tract 
of  700  miles.  There  is  great  bitterness  against 
the  Japanese  for  their  seizure  of  Shantung  and 
owing  to  their  rough  and  ready  manner  of 
dealing  with  her. 

Japan  turned  the  pre-occupation  of  Europe 
in  war  to  good  account  and  by  ceaseless  effort 
has  grown  immensely  rich.  But,  notwithstand- 
ing this,  she  stands  to-day  on  the  throes  of  a 
serious  industrial  crisis.  We  hear  also  of  grave 
political  discontent  amongst  the  people.  She  is 
fighting  Bolshevism  in  Manchuria  to  keep  it  at 
arm's  length. 

That  unfortunate  country,  Korea  is  com- 
pletely under  the  heels  of  the  Japcinese.  Dele- 
gates from  that  country  went  all  the  way  to  Paris 
to  lay  their  grievances  before  the  Peace  Confer- 
10 


142         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

«ence  but  that  august  Assembly  shut  its  doors 
against  their  face. 

In  America  the  rich  are  growing  richer 
while  the  poor  are  suffering  more  and  more, 
9  per  cent,  of  the  population  possess  70  per  cent, 
of  the  wealth  of  the  country.  This  great  dis- 
parity cannot  but  cause  great  heartburning. 
The  strife  between  Labour  and  Capital  is 
assuming  a  more  and  more  acute  form.  The 
*Reds*  wherever  found  are  being  suppressed 
with  a  strong  hand  but  their  ideas  are  permeating 
the  poorer  community.  Mr.  Justice  Wesley 
Howard  of  New  York  says:  **It  (restlessness) 
leaps  across  the  sea  to  this  *land  of  liberty'  and 
foments  beneath  the  surface  in  every  city  of  the 

United  States There  is  apparently  no 

immediate  danger  that  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  will  collapse.  But  it  is  not  wise  to 
be  deaf  while  the  mutterings  of  discontent  sound 
a  warning  in  our  ear. 

* 'Europe  is  dying,"  says  Anatole  France. 

* 'Europe    is     perishing,**     says     Mr.     A.     G. 

Gardiner.     * 'Europe  is  sick,**  says  Sir  Philip 

Gibbs.     Asia,  for  long,  the  prey  of  European 

nations,   is  in   a  worse   condition.     America *s 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  143 

insular  position  and  enormous  wealth  may  not 
ensure  her  safety. 

This  is  how  the  world  stands.     What  is  the 
remedy?     That  is  the  question.     Before  we  can 
think  of  remedy,  we  must  know  the  cause  of  this 
disease.       If   we   penetrate   a   little   below   the 
surface  we  would  see  that  it  is  the  same  cause 
which  is  responsible  for  the  unrest  and  suffering 
in   every   country.     The   same   cause   operates 
everywhere  and  the  results  more  or  less  are  the 
same  everywhere.     That  is  a  fact  which  we  are 
to  clearly  bear  in  mind.     What  is  that  cause? 
The  immediate  cause  is  the  existing  order  of 
human  society.     The  present  order  of  society  is 
a  vast  conglomeration  of  individuals  each  stand- 
ing  by    himself,    without    any    basic    cohesion 
amongst  them,  and  each  being  *free'  to  thrive 
as  best  as  he  could.     It  is  a  system  of  society  in 
which  each  individual  necessarily  stands  in  a 
relation  of  antagonism  to  his  fellows.     Antagon- 
ism is  inherent  in  the  very  system.     Such  an 
order  of  society  could  not  but  end  in  conflict, 
injustice   and   oppression.     It   is   the   order   of 
human  society,  which  has  made  it  possible  for 
a  strong  man  to  tyrannise  over  a  weak,  for  a 
clever  and  resourceful  man  to  exploit  a  less 


144         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

intelligent  and  less  resourceful  man.  It  is  the 
system  which  has  permitted  one  man  to  rule  over 
another,  one  nation  to  rule  over  another  nation. 
It  is  the  system  which  by  its  unequal  distribution 
of  wealth  has  made  the  rich  richer  and  has  left 
the  poor  to  starve,  to  suffer  from  disease,  cold 
and  hunger.  Under  the  Capitalistic  system  man 
has  been  left  *free*  to  earn  his  bread  if  he  could 
or  to  starve  if  he  could  not.  The  capitalist 
would  employ  him  or  not  as  he  liked  or  as  suited 
his  interests  and  he  would  employ  him  on  his 
own  term.  The  state  is  not  responsible  for  it. 
It  is  not  accountable  if  he  does  not  get  work,  if 
he  starves,  if  he  dies.  It  hcis  left  him  *free.* 
Tlie  most  cruel  form  of  this  exploitation  of  meoi 
by  man  is  war.  When  it  is  necessary  for  the 
capitalist  to  further  or  safeguard  his  interests  he 
appeals  to  one's  love  of  country,  he  excites 
hatred  of  another  country  and  sets  him  to  cut  the 
*  enemy's*  throat.  That  is  the  system.  It  is  the 
system  that  is  at  fault.  All  the  evils  from  which 
Humanity  suffers  are  attributable  to  the  vicious 
system  of  human  society. 

So,  the  remedy  lies  in  changing  the  order  of 
human  society.  Humanity  has  suffered  long 
and   terribly.     The    malady    is    great   and    the 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  145 

remedy  also  must  be  great.  The  change  must 
be  a  thorough  change,  a  root  and  branch  change. 
The  whole  human  society  must  be  reconstructed 
anew  from  top  to  bottom.  The  world  has  long 
passed  the  stage  when  tinkering  reforms  would 
do.  Reform  here  and  reform  there  will  be  of  no 
avail.  They  will  only  aggravate  the  situation. 
No  half-way  house  will  meet  the  requirements  of 
the  day.  Reforms  can  but  touch  a  fringe  of  the 
huge  mass  of  accumulated  wrongs  from  which 
Humanity  suffers.  They  are  so  numerous  and 
so  varied  that  you  cannot  reform  them  one  by 
one  and  bring  about  an  ideal  state  of  society. 
The  poisonous  tree  cannot  be  killed  by  taking  out 
leaf  by  leaf,  branch  by  branch.  It  must  be  cut 
at  the  root.  It  means  catastrophic  changes. 
Some  people  fight  shy  of  it.  They  want 
*ordered  progress.'  But  the  history  of  human 
evolution  shows  that  its  progress  has  been  by 
fits  and  starts,  sometimes  slow,  sometimes  rapid. 
There  are  periods  in  the  life  of  the  human  race 
when  there  have  been  catastrophic  changes  to 
cure  deep-rooted  evils  and  to  give  a  turn  to  the 
whole  course  of  human  evolution.  The  present 
is  by  common  consent  a  period  which  has  sur- 
passed all  such  periods  in  the  immensity  of  its 


146         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

wrongs  and  the  magnitude  of  human  suffering. 
No  reforms  will  do  now.  There  must  be  a 
complete  break  with  the  past.  The  present 
system  has  not  satisfied  the  human  soul,  it  has 
not  promoted  human  happiness,  it  has  been  res- 
ponsible for  innumerable  wrongs  and  untold 
suffering  for  ages.  The  people  of  the  world  are 
disgusted  with  the  system.  They  have  had 
enough  of  it.  They  are  now  looking  forward  to 
a  new  life  in  a  new  world.  They  now  want  to 
live  an  altogether  new  existence  free  from 
perpetual  cares  and  anxieties,  free  from  the 
necessity  of  flying  at  each  other's  neck.  The 
system  of  human  society  must  be  rebuilt  in  such 
a  way  as  to  give  full  expression  and  full  play 
to  this  desire.  Those  who  try  to  meet  the 
demands  of  the  people  half  way  by  giving  them 
reforms,  by  curing  an  evil  here  and  an  evil  there 
only  put  off  the  evil  day.  How  long  will  this 
tactics  do?  By  passing  anti-profiteering  bills 
and  other  bills  of  that  kind  you  accept  the 
premises  of  the  people  that  they  are  being  ruth- 
lessly exploited.  How  long  could  you  resist 
their  conclusion  that  the  only  cure  for  these  evils 
lies  in  a  change  of  the  system  ?  Those  who  seek 
to  improve  man's  conditions  of  life  by  reforms 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  147 

and  legislations  merely  gamble  with  human 
sorrow  and  suffering.  This  will  not  do.  The 
sooner  they  face  the  situation  the  better  for  them, 
the  better  for  Humanity.  The  longer  it  is  put  off, 
— put  off  for  ever,  it  will  never  be — the  greater 
the  misery  and  suffering  in  the  end.  True,  it 
will  require  tremendous  sacrifice,  the  uprooting 
of  all  cherished  ideas  and  conceptions  but  there 
is  no  help  for  it.  That  has  got  to  be  done.  If 
they  fail  to  make  the  sacrifice  now,  the  sacrifice 
that  they  will  have  to  make  in  the  end  will  be 
much  greater.  The  surging  discontent  of  the 
masses  is  rising.  Sooner  or  later,  it  will  wash 
away  politicians  and  Cabinet  Ministers  who  only 
want  to  gamble  with  their  sorrows  and  suffering. 
Humanity  has  suffered  terribly  and  whatever  is 
to  be  done  now  must  be  final  and  conclusive — - 
so  far  as  human  sense  of  finality  can  go. 
Nothing  should  be  left  to  chance.  The  present 
system  must  be  changed  and  changed  root  and 
branch. 

The  Whole  World  Situation  is  one 

AND  MUST  BE  DEALT  WITH  AS  ONE.  The  present 
order  of  human  society,  like  human  nature,  is 
practically  the  same  in  all  the  countries  of 
the  world.     So  the  disease  from  which  Humanity 


148         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

suffers  is  one  common  disease — it  is  one 
and  the  same  everywhere.  And  it  will 
yield  but  to  one  common  remedy.  Humanity 
is  one  and  indivisible — it  is  an  organic  whole, 
the  different  peoples  constituting  it  are  its 
different  limbs.  And  just  as  in  the  physical 
body  pain  caused  to  one  part  causes  pain  to  the 
other  parts,  so  also  in  the  body  of  Humanity  the 
pain  and  misery  of  one  part  is  bound  to  affect 
the  others  also.  In  the  plenitude  of  power  and 
prosperity  most  of  the  nations  of  the  world  were 
not  inclined  to  accept  the  truth  of  this  but  one 
common  affliction  is  bringing  it  more  and  more 
home  to  them.  Whatever  the  remedy  is,  that 
remedy  must  be  applied  to  all  the  peoples  of  the 
world — not  to  one  at  a  time  but  to  all  at  one 
and  the  same  time. 

The  broad  fact  must  be  realised  that  in  the 
present  situation  of  the  world,  no  country  stands 
alone.  For  good  or  evil,  the  peoples  of  the 
world  have  been  so  inextricably  bound  up 
together  that  one  cannot  do  without  the  other. 
For  one  thing  or  another,  each  country  of  the 
world  has  to  depend  on  the  rest  of  the  countries. 
This  interdependence  is  so  complete  that  the 
effect  of  the  slightest  event  in  one  country  could 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  149 

be  traced  in  the  other  countries — a  strike,  a 
drought,  a  shortage  of  crops  in  one  country  will 
have  far-reaching  results  in  the  remotest  parts 
of  the  world. 

The  mistaken  notion  that  the  peace  and 
happiness  of  one  country  is  independent  of  the 
peace  and  happiness  of  the  people  of  other 
countries  must  be  banished  for  ever.  No  nation 
can  enjoy  peace  and  happiness  at  the  expense  of 
another. — No  nation  can  enjoy  the  full  measure 
of  happiness  while  there  is  even  one  nation  that 
is  unhappy.  The  unhappiness  of  one  single 
individual  is  bound  to  affect  the  happiness  of 
all  others — the  unhappiness  of  the  *  meanest* 
nation  is  bound  to  affect  the  happiness  of  the  rest 
of  the  family  of  nations.  The  process  is  very 
^subtle  but  nonetheless  it  is  true. 

The  factors  that  contribute  to  the  peace  and 
liappiness  of  the  people  of  England  are  not 
confined  v^thin  the  boundaries  of  England,  nor 
of  Europe  but  are  spread  all  over  the  world.  To 
bring  the  full  measure  of  peace  and  happiness 
even  to  one  single  individual  in  England,  they 
must  begin  with  the  world,  the  whole  world  and 
nothing  short  of  that.  A  miner  working  in  the 
deepest   coalmine   in   Wales   is   bound   by   the 


150         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

closest  tie  with  the  labourer  toiling  in  the  fields 
in  the  remotest  part  of  India  by  the  identity  of 
his  being,  by  the  identity  of  his  spiritual  and 
material  interests.  To  make  one  happy  you 
must  make  both  happy  or  none  will  be  happy. 
Therefore,  to  promote  the  highest  spiritual  and 
material  happiness  even  of  one  single  individual, 
a  new  order  of  society  must  be  evolved  which 
will  embrace  the  whole  world  society  of 
Humanity,  which  will  look  to  the  needs,  both 
spiritual  and  material  of  every  member  of  the 
Human  Family. 

From  this  it  will  be  evident  that  the  real 
question  to-day  before  the  world  which  cries  for 
solution  is  not  the  question  of  this  country  or 
that. — The  question  is  not  whether  Ireland  is^ 
to  have  complete  Home  Rule  or  a  Republic — 
the  question  is  not  of  freedom  of  Egypt  or  India. 
Even  if  the  questions  of  Ireland,  or  Egypt  or 
India  were  satisfactorily  solved,  human  society 
would  not  advance  very  much  towards  the  goal. 
It  would  no  doubt  relieve  the  present  world 
situation  to  a  certain  extent  but  it  would  not 
bring  us  very  much  near  the  goal.  That  goal 
is  Universal  Peace  and  Universal  happiness. 
If  the  question  of  Ireland's  freedom  is  solved^ 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  ISF 

the  question  of  Egypt  will  remain,  if  the 
question  of  Egypt  is  solved,  the  question  of  India 
remains,  if  the  question  of  India  is  solved,  the 
question  of  Korea,  the  question  of  Turkestan  or 
of  Manchuria  or  of  other  parts  of  the  world  will 
remain.  Then  again,  mere  freedom  from 
foreign  yoke  is  not  enough.  That  alone  will  not 
bring  peace  and  happiness  to  the  people  even  of 
these  countries. 

It  is  no  use  devoting  our  attention  to  one 
at  a  time  and  wait  till  the  other  difficulty  comes 
to  a  head  and  cries  for  solution.  Shall  we  still 
leave  the  wrongs  of  each  country  to  itself  and 
leave  it  free  to  fall  a  victim  to  oppression  and 
tyranny  or  to  resist  violence  with  violence  and 
bring  incalculable  suffering  to  themselves  and 
to  others?  Why  should  Ireland  be  left  at  the 
mercy  of  England  to  be  dealt  with  as  the  latter 
chooses  and  thus  allow  the  world  peace  to  be 
broken?  What  man  is  there  on  earth  who  has 
not  felt  pain  and  anguish  at  the  sacrifice  of  the 
Lx)rd  Mayor  of  Cork  ?  Why  should  I  be  pained 
by  the  murder  of  my  brother  in  this  way  ?  The 
death  of  Mr.  MacSwiney  is  not  a  matter  that 
concerns  Ireland  only — it  concerns  every  body 
in  the  world.     Why  should  not  the  matter  of 


152         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

the  ruthless  massacre  at  Jallianwallabagh  be 
taken  up  by  the  world  at  large?  Why  should 
England  be  left  to  settle  her  account  with 
Ireland  or  India  or  Egypt  as  best  as  she  could 
and  thus  break  world  peace?  If  it  is  universal 
peace  that  we  seek,  we  must  look  at  these 
incidents  from  a  universal  point  of  view  and  deal 
with  them  in  a  universal  way,  not  each  at  a  time 
by  itself  but  all  together  and  at  one  and  the  same 
time. 

The  following  advertisement  appeared  in 
the  Daily  Herald  of  May  27th,  1 920  : 

*  *  Report  of  Famine  Commissioners : 
5,000,000  children  are  starving  :  There  is  not 
-enough  food  to  go  round.  It  has  been  necessary 
to  deliberately  select  which  children  shall  be 
saved  and  which  must  be  left  to  die.  In  all  the 
long  history  of  the  human  race,  there  has  never 
been  so  truly  awful  a  situation.  One  report 
from  the  Famine  Area  states :  thousands  of 
adults  and  children  have  not  tasted  any  normal 
food  for  weeks  but  have  existed  on  roots  and 
leaves  and  dandelions.  The  olive  green  colour 
of  their  skin  and  deep  sunken  eyes  testify  to 
their  ghastly  sufferings. 

These  poor  people,  mad  with  hunger,  have 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  153 

in  many  cases  eaten  the  flesh  from  the  bodies  of 
their  dead  comrades.     Shall  we  remain  inactive 

while  these  people  die? The  war  has  left 

Serbia  with  5,00,000  fatherless  children  and  of 

these  1,50,000  are  quite  destitute That 

civilization  should  ever  permit  helpless  little 
children  to  be  deliberately  abandoned  to  starv- 
ation, we  never  dreamt,  etc.,  etc." 

The   Daily   Herald   of   the    19th    October 
publishes  the  following  advertisement : 

**And    now    the    approaching    footfall    of 

winter   is   shaking   the    ground In   the 

mountains  and  valleys  of  the  famine  areas,  the 
pitiless  shrieking  blizzard  will  sweep  down  upon 
the  helpless  little  sufferers — so  many  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  whom  are  totally  without  warm 
clothes  or  adequate  shelter.  The  few  hovels  or 
half  dismantled  buildings  harbour  many  families 
wherever  there  is  the  smallest  floor  space. 
Hundreds  of  thousands  of  families  are  sleeping 
out  of  doors  and  it  is  awful  to  contemplate  what 
will  happen  when  winter  is  fully  upon  them. 
Already  the  delicate  forms  doubly  endangered 
by  physical  weakness  and  exhaustion  are 
exposed  to  the  full  fury  of  disease.  Tuberculosis 
haunts    their    wretched    homes.     Typhus    and 


154         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

pneumonia  are  rife  everywhere  and  the  coming 
Winter  will  multiply  these  terrors  a  hundredfold. 
Add  to  the  ghastly  compound  visitation  of 
suffering  and  death  the  hideous  distortion  and 
softening  of  the  bones  produced  by  starvation 
and  unsuitable  food  and  you  will  be  able  to 
faintly  realise  the  appalling  condition  of  the 
untold  millions  of  children  who  are  solely 
dependent  upon  outside  help  for  their  bare 
existence.** 

This,  in  all  conscience,  is  a  ghastly  tcJe  of 
human  suffering  which  would  fill  every  heart 
with  pain  and  anguish.  Where  will  the  outside 
help  come  from?  Is  it  possible  to  remove  the 
suffering  of  starvation  and  disease  of  these 
hundreds  of  millions  of  people  by  charity? 
Is  that  the  way  ?  It  will  not  be  enough  to  relieve 
their  distress.  They  must  be  set  on  their  feet 
again  and  provided  with  means  of  earning  their 
livelihood.  This  is  only  possible  if  the  whole 
world  comes  to  the  rescue,  and  not  otherwise. 
It  has  passed  beyond  the  stage  when  voluntary 
charity  could  be  of  any  use.  It  is  not  within  the 
power  of  the  governments  of  those  areas  or  of 
England,  where  also  millions  are  suffering,  nor 
even  of  America,  rich  as  she  is,  to  remedy  this 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  155 

5tate  of  things.  To  try  to  remove  this  state  of 
suffering  with  the  help  of  a  few  milHons  out  of 
the  superfluous  weahh  of  Mr.  Rockfeller  or  of 
Mr.  Carnegi  or  the  Rothschilds  is  madness.  It 
is  impossible.  It  will  only  be  a  drop  in  the 
desert. 

Then,  where  is  the  food  to  come  from? 
There  is  an  alarming  shortage  of  food  all  over 
the  world.  Unless  there  is  a  regulation  of  the 
production  and  distribution  of  food  by  one 
Central  Organisation  you  cannot  save  the  world 
from  famine.  To-day  there  is  famine  in  Central 
Europe.  To-morrow  in  India,  the  next  day  in 
China.  Is  it  possible  to  relieve  distress  in  every 
part  of  the  world  with  the  help  of  charity  ? — and 
to-day  which  part  of  the  world  is  free  from  it? 
Whose  distress  will  you  remove  and  whom 
would  you  leave  to  his  fate  ?  The  best  and  the 
only  method  of  removing  famine  is  by  making 
the  conditions  of  the  world  such  that  famine  may 
not  occur  at  all — and  even  if  it  does  occur,  there 
should  be  such  a  Central  Organisation  for  the 
whole  world,  which,  with  the  entire  resources  of 
the  world  at  its  disposal,  would  be  able,  by 
proper  regulation  and  adjustment  of  the  needs 
of  all  the  countries,  to  avert  a  similar  calamity. 


156         THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

To  attempt  to  relieve  such  widespread  distress 
by  the  uncertain  cind  wholly  inadequate  method 
of  charity  is  a  great  folly.  It  is  an  insult 
to  God,  it  is  an  insult  to  Humanity  and  is 
nothing  but  practising  self-deception.  If  any 
intelligent  man  studies  the  question  of  food 
problem  alone  which  threatens  before  long  to  be 
a  serious  one,  he  will  at  once  be  convinced  that 
it  is  a  problem  which  must  be  dealt  with  as  a 
Universal  problem;  and  for  a  problem  to  be 
dealt  with  from  a  universal  point  of  view,  the 
whole  world  must  be  taken  as  one  country  and 
the  whole  of  humanity  as  different  peoples  of 
the  same  country.     Not  otherv^se. 

Then,  there  is  the  question  of  disease  and 
sickness.  Influenza  is  a  disease  which  is  deci- 
mating the  whole  world.  India  alone  has  paid 
a  toll  of  1 0  millions  to  this  disease.  Is  it  possible 
for  such  a  disease  which  has  spread  all  over  the 
world,  to  be  dealt  v^th  separately  by  each 
country?  No,  that  is  not  possible.  The  whole 
sanitary  and  hygienic  condition  of  the  world  must 
be  dealt  with  as  one  problem.  If  there  is  an 
epidemic  in  another's  house  the  part  of  a  wise 
man  would  be  not  merely  to  isolate  or  disinfect 
his  own  house  but  to  eradicate  the  disease  itself. 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  157 

If  there  is  infection  in  another's  house  that 
infection  is  sure  to  catch  you.  Influenza  came 
originally  from  Spain,  but  to-day,  it  has  spread 
the  world  over.  If  one  part  of  the  world  is 
suffering  from  influenza  and  that  country  is  left 
to  deal  with  it  as  best  as  it  could,  the  safety  of 
the  whole  world  would  be  endangered.  The 
best  way  of  saving  yourself  from  the  infection  is 
to  run  to  the  other's  house  and  kill  infection 
there.  What  is  true  of  influenza  is  true  of 
plague.  Quarantine  regulations  are  not  the  safest 
remedy.  That  remedy  has  been  tried  for  long 
and  it  has  failed.  The  safest  remedy  is  to  stamp 
it  out  altogether  from  the  whole  world.  The 
safest  remedy  is  to  improve  the  vitality  of  people 
all  the  world  over  so  that  they  will  be  able  to 
resist  any  disease.  That  is  the  way.  That  is 
what  must  be  done. 

Thus,  it  will  be  seen,  the  whole  problem 
is  international  and  it  must  be  dealt  with  by 
an  international  organization  of  all  the  peoples 
of  all  the  countries.  The  war  has  been  a  potent 
instrument  of  God  to  further  demonstrate  to  us 
the  truth  of  this  proposition.  The  war  originally 
concerned  only  a  few  nations  but  other  nations 
were  soon  drawn  in — ^they  were  forced  to  do  sa 

II 


158         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

«is  It  affected  them  all.  This  truth  has  been  still 
more  strikingly  proved  by  the  events  which  have 
followed  since  the  conclusion  of  *peace\  They 
thought  of  an  economic  boycott  of  Germany 
and  Austria.  They  thought  their  own  require- 
ments could  be  easily  met  by  themselves,  so  they 
could  do  without  German  goods  and  if  Germany 
could  not  find  a  market  for  her  goods  it  would 
be  a  severe  punishment  for  her.  They  forgot  the 
plain  fact  that  boycott  of  Germany  would  amount 
also  to  a  boycott  of  British  goods  and  would  in 
the  end  prejudicially  affect  themselves.  If 
Germany  could  not  sell,  she  could  not  buy  and 
it  would  mean  not  only  the  ruin  of  German  trade 
and  industry  but  also  the  ruin  of  British  trade 
also.  The  Russian  blockade  furnishes  another 
example.  Russia  could  send  an  enormous 
qucintity  of  grains  to  England  and  other  countries 
of  Europe  which  are  starving.  But  this  is  pro- 
hibited and  the  consequence  is  an  enormous 
rise  in  the  price  of  food  stuff  which  has  been 
a  source  of  great  suffering  to  the  populations 
of  England.  Russia  is  in  sore  need  of  agricul- 
tural implements  and  other  machinery  which 
England  coul3  easily  supply.  But  this  being 
stopped  the  English  steel  works  cire  unable  to 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  159 

sell  them  and  consequently  England  suffers  from 
unemployment.  In  the  same  way,  England 
suffers  from  shortage  of  houses  and  house 
material  while  Russia  suffers  from  not  being  able 
to  dispose  of  her  vast  timber  supplies.  England 
suffers  from  dear  linen  goods  while  Russia 
suffers  from  not  being  able  to  sell  her  abundant 
flax.  So  the  suffering  of  one  country  is  bound  to 
cause  suffering  in  another  country.  What  is  true 
between  England  and  Russia  is  true  of  all  other 
countries.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  insular 
prosperity. 

Even  if  the  blockade  was  lifted  and  normal 
trade  relations  established,  that  would  bring  only 
partial  relief.  That  would  cure  the  symptom 
and  not  the  disease  itself.  The  chances  of  future 
conflict  and  future  suffering  would  still  be  there. 
The  chief  cause  of  mischief,  the  system  would 
be  there  all  the  same.  That  would  not  do.  Mere 
'opening  up  of  the  roads  and  bridges*  of  trade 
and  commerce  would  not  do.  That  would 
open  up  the  roads  and  bridges  to  profiteering 
and  exploitation  perhaps  in  a  more  intensified 
form  than  ever.  That  would  merely  perpetuate 
the  system,  the  system  that  has  been  responsible 
for  innumerable  wrongs  in  the  past  and  no  less 


160         THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

in  the  present.  It  is  well  for  us  not  to  miss  the 
moral  of  the  present  situation,  viz,  the  fact  that 
evolution  by  competition  has  miserably  failed 
and  to  seek  to  revive  it — if  that  were  at  all 
possible — would  be  to  set  the  hand  of  the 
clock  back. 

There  are  some  countries  which  possess 
raw  materials  which  others  do  not  possess  at  all 
or  even  if  they  do,  it  is  in  such  a  small  quantity 
that  it  is  not  enough  for  their  requirements.  Oil 
is  one  such  thing.  A  nation  which  could  get 
hold  of  the  principal  supplies  of  oil  in  the  world 
would  score  a  great  point  over  others.  We  are 
already  too  familiar  vsdth  the  history  of  the 
scramble  for  oil  in  Mosul.  England  has  got  hold 
of  it.  America  has  monopolised  the  oil-produce 
of  Rumania.  This  means  England  and  America 
will  gain  advantage  over  other  nations.  Will 
that  make  for  permanent  peace?  Will  that  not 
cause  inconvenience  to  other  nations  ?  Will  that 
not  cause  heart-burning  ?  Already  England  con- 
trols the  principal  sources  of  the  world's  produce 
of  raw  materials  and  she  is  the  object  of  much 
hatred  and  envy  on  that  account.  Why  should 
the  oil  from  Mosul  be  monopolised  by  England 
alone?     Why  should  America  alone  get  the  oil 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  161 

from  Rumania?  Why  should  not  these  be 
considered  as  international  assets  ?  Why  should 
not  that  oil  be  distributed  fairly  among  all  the 
peoples  of  the  world,  according  to  their  needs } 
That  would  not  cause  any  jealousy.  That  would 
not  tempt  England  to  dominate  over  the  Arabs 
under  the  guise  of  that  specious  word 
**mandate/*  It  would  relieve  them  of  the 
necessity  of  holding  the  Arab  country  under 
subjection  by  bombing  Arab  villages.  They 
would  get  their  oil  and  be  saved  from  the 
degradation  of  committing  this  heinous  crime. 
What  has  been  said  of  oil  applies  equally 
to  the  case  of  coal,  wheat,  sugar  and  other 
materials.  Unless  there  is  a  pooling  of  the 
resources  of  the  whole  world  in  respect  of  these 
articles  and  others  and  these  distributed  fairly 
and  according  to  the  need  of  each  country,  all 
the  countries  are  bound  to  suffer.  Take  the 
instance  of  coal.  It  is  an  article  which  is  of 
absolute  necessity  to  all  the  people  of  the  world. 
France's  coal-fields  were  destroyed  by  Germany. 
France  is  in  need  of  coal  to  keep  her  industries 
going,  to  save  her  millions  from  starvation. 
England  supplied  her  with  coal  and  made  a  good 
profit  out  of  it.     It  was  a  source  of  great  irritation 


162         THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

in  France.  Germany  did  not  deliver  the  coal 
that  she  promised  by  the  treaty  to  supply.  To 
ensure  her  supply  of  coal  France  has  had  to  keep 
the  Saare  coal  basins  in  occupation.  This  might 
have  been  a  good  punishment  for  Germany  but 
chastisement  is  not  the  means  of  restoring  peace. 
All  these  evils  could  easily  have  been  avoided  if 
there  was  a  pooling  of  all  the  coal-supplies  of 
the  world  and  France's  needs  met. 

Present  Austria  has  no  coal  at  all.  All  her 
coal-mines  have  now  passed  into  the  territory  of 
other  states  owing  to  the  break-up  of  the  Austrian 
Empire.  TThese  states,  instead  of  supplying 
coal  to  Austria  and  getting  her  produce  in  return 
have  engaged  in  the  pastime  of  quarrelling 
amongst  themselves.  Her  factories  are  now  idle, 
her  industries  perishing  and  consequently  the 
privations  of  her  people  have  increased  a 
hundredfold.  In  a  world-union  this  could  not 
have  happened.  England  could  have  supplied 
the  needs  of  France  and  Austria  in  respect  of 
coal  while  America  or  Russia  could  have  sup- 
plied the  food  that  she  required,  and  America's 
or  Russia's  needs  in  respect  of  other  matters 
could  have  been  met  by  France  or  Austria. 

Many  of  the  American  states  are  now  dry 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  163 

and  in  the  absence  of  liquor  they  are  using 
beverages.  Consequently,  she  requires  much 
more  sugar  than  ordinarily.  She  does  not  want 
to  be  inconvenienced  even  if  other  parts  of  the 
world  go  without  sugar.  With  her  enormous 
wealth,  she  went  into  the  open  market  and 
bought  all  that  she  wanted  to  buy.  Sometime 
ago  American  merchants  were  buying  sugar  in 
the  Bombay  market — sugar  which  had  been 
imported  into  India  for  the  use  of  the  people 
here.  So,  America  would  have  sugar  in  abund- 
ance while  other  parts  of  the  world  would  not 
have  even  their  barest  requirements  or  any  at 
all.  Under  the  present  system  this  is  inevitable. 
This  is  sure  to  happen  and  the  only  method  of 
avoiding  it  is  fair  distribution  according  to  needs. 
If  there  is  a  shortage  of  sugar  let  all  the  coun- 
tries cut  down  their  requirements  to  a  certain 
point.  This  would  cause  much  less  hardship 
thcin  it  would  have  caused  to  the  country  which 
had  none  at  all. 

One  of  the  causes  of  shortage  of  food  stuffs 
and  eJso  of  other  materials  is  the  practice  of 
hoarding  by  merchants  and  traders  till  they  have 
a  better  opportunity  for  exploiting  the  people. 
People  held  at  bay  would  pay  any  price.     That 


164         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

is  the  common  practice  all  the  world  over.  No 
amount  of  legislation  could  prevent  it.  So 
subtle  and  so  ingenious  are  their  ways  that  the 
object  of  legislation  could  be  easily  frustrated 
— unless  we  had  legislation  every  day  to  meet 
every  phase  of  the  situation  and  used  force.  In 
England,  in  their  simplicity,  they  thought  they 
could  cure  the  evil  of  profiteering  by  an  anti- 
profiteering  Act  and  setting  up  an  anti-profiteer- 
ing tribunal  which  holds  a  regular  trial  and  if  the 
firm  in  question  is  found  to  have  charged  more 
thcin  they  should  have,  they  are  fined.  If,  on 
9n  examination  of  their  books — ^which  could 
easily  be  cooked  up — ^it  is  found  that  the  charge 
was  proper,  the  case  is  dismissed  and  possibly 
the  man  who  brought  the  suit  has  to  pay  the 
cost.  The  man  has  to  leave  his  work  to  itself 
and  go  to  a  court  for  every  article  in  respect  of 
which  he  thinks  he  has  been  over-charged  and 
he  spends  at  least  a  day  over  it.  The  firm  also 
has  to  spend  time  and  money.  What  a  simple 
cure  !     What  a  nice  system  ! 

Before  the  war  nations  were  piling  up 
armament  upon  armament.  That  it  was  a  curse 
to  human  society  everybody  admitted.  But  no 
nation    could    reduce    or    abolish    it    without 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  165 

exposing  itself  to  the  attack  of  a  neighbour.  The 
system  of  society  forced  it  upon  them.  Even 
a  man  of  such  world-wide  sympathies  like  Mr. 
W.  T.  Stead  could  not  think  of  any  other  remedy 
but  of  dreadnoughts.  The  thought  did  not 
occur  to  anybody  that  national  safety  really  lay 
the  other  way  viz.,  in  the  abolition  of  armaments 
altogether  from  the  world.  In  the  present 
economic  condition  of  the  world  people  can  no 
longer  bear  the  burden  of  expenditure  on  arma- 
ments. They  must  be  relieved  of  this  burden. 
Armaments  must  not  only  be  reduced  but  the 
world's  affairs  must  be  so  arranged  that  these 
could  be  done  away  with  altogether.  This 
could  be  possible  when  all  the  nations  of  the 
world  give  up  the  insensate  race  for  armaments 
all  together,  at  one  and  the  same  time.  Not 
before.  TTiis  is  possible  only  when  they  are 
united  in  one  world-common-wealth  and  the 
system  of  human  society  is  such  as  to  produce 
no  cause  of  conflict  and  to  make  armaments 
absolutely  unnecessary. 

In  this  connection  one  curious  fact  is  also 
lo  be  remembered.  Engines  of  destruction  have 
been  so  multiplied  and  so  vasdy  improved  that 
war  has  become  almost  impossible  to  wage  with- 


166         THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

out  bringing  total  annihilation  to  both  or  all  the 
warring  parties.  Now  and  then  scientists  startle 
the  war-weary  world  by  announcements  of  the 
invention  of  a  poisonous  gas  which,  when  let 
loose,  will  leave  no  trace  of  life  in  a  country, — 
of  a  long-range  gun  that  will  cause  destruction 
from  a  distance  of  1 00  or  more  miles.  Towards 
the  close  of  the  war  scientists  in  the  warring 
countries  were  hard  at  work  to  manufacture 
atom-bombs  which  would,  we  are  told,  enable 
one  to  totally  destroy  the  enemy  country — ^not 
only  this,  if  one  was  so  inclined,  one  could 
destroy  the  whole  world  and  could  even 
bombard  the  planets.  We  are  also  authorita" 
tively  told  they  attained  partial  success  and  that 
this  so  alarmed  well-informed  circles  that  they 
requested  Government  to  stop  all  further 
investigation  into  this  by  legislation.  In  face 
of  this  what  nation  is  there  that  will  wage 
war?  None  we  hope.  But  to  stop  war  because 
of  its  sheer  impossibility  is  not  satisfactory.. 
TTie  necessity  for  war  and  armaments  must  be- 
taken away  altogether. 

Ten  years  ago  a  brother  of  ours  in  depicting; 
a  picture  of  the  World-Brotherhood,  wrote : 

**ln  this  Kingdom  of  Love,  the  sword  of 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  167 

the  Samurai  (of  Japan)  shall  be 
moulded  into  ploughshare,  Krupp's 
gun  factory  shall  be  converted  into 
a  Temple  of  Union,*  the  French 
shall  cease  to  sing  the  **Les 
Marseillaise*' — their  heart  shall  be 
filled  with  the  song  of  Love  for 
Universal  Mankind .  * '  (Nava  Juga 
&  ArunachaJ). 

That  is  what  must  be  done  and  that  is  the 
programme  in  Thakur  Dayananda's  scheme  of 
world  reconstruction. 

At  the  present  moment  a  battle  for  boundary 
is  going  on  all  over  the  world.      It  was  such  a 


*  The  following  headed  "Krupp's  Peace  Acti- 
vities", which  appeared  in  a  London  paper,  would 
interest  the  reader  : — 

"Berlin,  Dec.  19  (1920).  The  Report  of  the 
Krupp  Works  published  to-day  shows  with  what 
extraordinary  rapidity  and  success  this  firm  has  trans- 
formed itself  from  a  war  to  a  peace  footing The 

report  points  out  that  in  consequence  of  the  treaty 
of  Versailles  this  is  the  first  occasion  for  tiie  last  two 
generations  on  which  no  war  material  has  been 
manufactured  in  the  Krupp  Works " 


166         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

knotty  problem  that  the  Peace  Conference  could 
not  solve  it.  Poland  claims  a  strip  of  Russisin 
land  as  belonging  to  her.  The  line  between 
Germany  and  Poland  hcis  been  left  to  be  drawn 
by  a  plebiscite.  It  could  not  be  decided  within 
which  boundary  Danzig  would  fall.  So  it  has 
been  made  a  free  port  under  the  League  of 
Nations.  The  same  uncertednty  remains  as  to 
the  frontiers  of  Finland,  Esthonia,  Courland, 
Lithunia,  Ukraine,  Malmedy  and  the  Sarre 
Basin  in  Germany.  The  question  of  Fiume  has 
become  pretty  notorious.  The  boundary  be- 
tween Serbia,  now  Jugo-Slavia  and  Bulgciria  is 
still  a  matter  of  bitter  dispute.  Any  of  these 
disputes  may  any  day  lead  to  great  trouble  for 
the  whole  world. 

The  Allies  attempted  to  settle  this  dispute 
of  boundaries  on  ethnological  and  linguistic 
basis,  i.e.  tracts  of  which  the  population  have 
greater  affinity  in  these  respects  to  a  particular 
state  should  form  part  of  that  state.  But  lust  for 
territory  was  too  great  to  overcome.  One  party 
or  the  other  could  not  agree  to  it.  An  intermin- 
able battle  is  going  on  in  consequence.  What 
is  the  remedy  for  this?  The  only  remedy  is 
Thakur  Dayananda's  scheme.     If  the  people  are 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  169 

all  members  of  a  World-Commonwealth,  each 
individual,  whether  living  on  this  side  of  the 
boundary  line  or  that,  would  enjoy  the  same 
rights  and  privileges  and  receive  the  same 
amount  of  individual  attention  and  there  would 
be  perfect  good-will  and  amity  between  people 
on  either  side  of  the  boundary  line  as  also  be- 
tween all  the  peoples  of  the  world.  Conse- 
quently it  won't  very  much  matter  where  you 
draw  the  line.  The  objections  on  ethnological 
and  linguistic  grounds  would  lose  much  of  their 
force  and  cases  where  the  affinity  is  real  and 
where  the  interests  of  the  people  themselves 
demand  their  inclusion  within  a  particular  unit, 
could  be  very  easily  settled  to  the  satisfaction  of 
all  parties. 

Then  take  another  peculiar  case,  viz.  that  of 
Ireland.  England  fears  if  Ireland  becomes 
independent,  she  will  have  her  own  army  and 
navy  and  be  a  source  of  trouble,  specially  if  she 
allies  herself  with  an  *enemy'  of  England.  Mr. 
Lloyd  George  is  determined,  if  need  be,  to 
sacrifice  half  a  million  men  to  keep  Ireland  with- 
in the  Empire.  On  the  other  hand,  Ireland  is 
determined  to  cut  herself  adrift  from  the  British 
Empire.     Here   also,    the   only   remedy   is   the 


170         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

World-Union  on  the  line  of  Thakur  Daya- 
nanda's  scheme.  To  England  1  would  say, 
you  want  Ireland  to  be  within  the  Empire, 
— ^very  well,  you  extend  the  boundary  of  the 
empire  and  have  the  world  for  your  empire.  You 
have  nobody  to  fear  now.  You  will  have  no 
*enemy*  now.  Ireland  will  not  now  be  able  to 
go  out  of  the  empire.  You  are  relieved  of  the 
perpetual  vexation  and  to  your  bargain  you  have 
the  whole  world  to  call  your  own.  Ireland  also 
will  have  complete  independence  and  she  will 
have  no  cause  for  quarrel.  If  this  is  done — and 
this  is  what  must  be  done — the  world  will  be 
spared  the  agony  of  reading  every  day  in  the 
papers  of  murders  and  counter-murders. 

What  has  been  said  with  regard  to  Ireland 
applies  equally  and  with  the  same  force  to  the 
case  of  the  dismembered  states  of  Turkey.  The 
only  means  of  putting  an  end  to  the  serious  un- 
rest which  now  sweeps  over  the  whole  of  Eastern 
Asia  and  India  is  this  World-Union.  TTiere  is 
none  other. 

The  present  battle  of  the  boundary  is 
symbolic  of  the  battle  of  the  boundary  that  is 
going  on  in  man's  soul.  To  throw  down  the 
boundary  walls  of  selfishness,  narrowness  and 


THE  PRESENT  WORLD  SITUATION  171 

arrogance  within  the  man  is  the  chief  thing  that 
is  contemplated  in  Thakur  Dayananda*s  scheme. 


VIII 

WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA'S 
SCHEME? 

The  Essential  Feature  of  the  Scheme, 

Thakur  Dayananda's  scheme  of  world 
reconstruction  has  two  aspects :  one  physical 
and  the  other  spiritual — one  negative  and 
the  other  positive.  The  physical  or  nega- 
tive side  consists  in  changing  human  society 
root  and  branch  and  building  it  anew  on  the 
basis  of  perfect  equality  of  rights,  liberties  and 
opportunities,  and  thus  bringing  peace  in  the 
world.  But  peace  really  is  a  negative  state. 
By  peace  generally  we  understand  that  state  of 
society  when  there  is  no  quarrel,  no  strife  and  no 
cause  of  worry  and  anxiety.  But  this  is  not 
enough.  The  spiritual  or  positive  side  consists 
in  giving  man  the  highest  happiness.  That 
means  a  change  of  human  nature,  a  spiritual 
regeneration  of  the  world  and  establishing  close 
communion  with  God.     Both  must  go  together. 

I  will  first  take  the  physical  side.  The 
main  features  of  the  scheme  under  this  head  may 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA'S   SCHEME  \73 

be  thus  indicated.  All  the  different  countries, 
of  the  world  will  be  united  in  one — a  common- 
wealth of  all  the  peoples  of  the  world.  Eacb 
country  will  be  a  free  and  equal  unit  of  the? 
commonwealth.  Each  unit  will  be  primarily 
responsible  for  the  material,  moral  and  spiritual 
well-being  of  everyone  of  the  inhabitants  within 
it.  Every  unit  will  be  a  union  of  free  individuals, 
each  enjoying  equal  rights,  liberties  and  privi- 
leges without  any  distinction  whatsoever. 

The  Unit-Union  will  own  it  as  its  chief 
obligation  to  supply  the  needs  of  every  single 
individual — every  individual  will  obtain  from  the 
Unit-Union,  in  his  or  her  own  right,  all  the 
necessaries  of  life.  In  return  the  Unit- Union 
will  obtain  from  every  individual  the  highest 
service  that  he  or  she  is  best  fitted  to  render.  All 
wealth  shall  belong  to  the  whole  people  and  all 
shall  share  alike  and  according  to  needs. 
Under  this  arrangement  none  will  gain  ad- 
vantage over  his  fellow-beings.  Increased  pro- 
duction will  not  benefit  particular  individuals 
but  the  people  as  a  whole.  The  wealth 
produced  shall  go  to  the  Unit-Union  which 
will  distribute  to  each  individual  equally  and 
according  to  needs.  Trade  and  commerce  sheill 
12 


174         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

cease  to  exist,  giving  place  to  a  system  of  effi- 
cient distribution  through  different  centres  from 
which  individuals  inhabiting  that  particular 
locality  shall  obtain  their  supplies.  Each  centre 
shall  keep  a  certain  portion  of  its  production  for 
the  requirements  of  the  individuals  living  within 
its  jurisdiction  and  pass  on  the  surplus  to  the 
other  centres  as  required  by  the  Unit-Union 
which  will  co-ordinate  the  actions  of  the  various 
centres.  It  will  be  a  mutual  exchange  of  goods 
between  the  different  centres — an  exchange  of 
requirements.  Consequently,  THERE  WILL  BE  No 
Necessity  for  Money.  It  will  be  absolutely 
superfluous.  There  will  be  nothing  to  buy  and 
nothing  to  sell.  There  will  be  no  necessity  for 
borrowing  or  lending  as  between  individual  and 
individual,  for  each  will  get  everything  that  he 
requires — nor  between  individuals  and  the 
Unit-Unions  for  the  Unit-Union  will  have  at  its 
disposal  the  entire  resources  and  services  of  the 
community,  and  none  between  the  different 
Unit-Unions.  There  will  be  no  mountain-high 
national  debt  to  make  the  lives  of  the  people 
miserable.  That  day  is  at  hand  when,  as  the 
result  of  huge  national  debts  and  inflated 
currency,  all  the    nations  will  become  bankrupt 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA's  SCHEME     175 

and  will  be  forced  to  resort  to  this  scheme  of 
mutual  exchange  of  requirements. 

Under  the  scheme  motive  of  *gain*  shall 
give  place  to  motive  of  'service'  to  the  whole 
community — each  living  for  all  and  all  for  each. 
It  is  true,  human  nature  being  what  it  is  at  pre- 
sent, love  of  *gain'  is  a  much  stronger  incentive 
to  work  and  production  than  love  of  'service'  to 
fellow-beings  ;  and  that  if  motive  of  *gain'  is 
taken  away  without  a  change  of  human  nature, 
love  of  'service'  will  be  a  weak  incentive 
and  consequently  production  will  fall  off. 
Such  has  been  found  to  be  the  case  in 
Bolshevik  Russia  where  men  have  been  made 
to  work  at  times  at  the  point  of  the  revolver. 
TTie  chief  defect  of  the  present  system  of 
society  is  this  love  of  'gain'  and  all  the  evils 
to  which  Humanity  is  subject  have  arisen 
from  this.  In  Bolshevik  Russia  they  have 
changed  the  system  but  not  human  nature. 
Under  the  scheme  of  Thakur  Dayananda  the  first 
reformation  that  is  sought  is  in  human  nature. 
Then  again,  love  of  'gain',  though  a  strong 
motive  for  work,  is  certainly  not  the  strongest. 
People  work  hardest,  brave  danger  and  diffi- 
culty, make  the  impossible  possible  and  face 


176         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

even  death,  not  from  a  motive  of  *gain'  but  from 
the  impulse  of  their  inner  joy — the  joy  of 
achieving  something  noble,  grand  and  beautiful. 
Under  this  system  the  Hfe  of  the  people  will 
be  much  simplified.  There  will  be  no  private 
interests  to  serve,  no  necessity  for  one  man  to 
contend  against  another.  Everybody's  wants 
being  met  by  the  Unit-Unions  in  the  same  pro- 
portion as  those  of  his  fellow-beings — none  being 
better  off  or  worse  off  than  another — ^there  will 
be  no  motive  for  crime,  no  ground  for  jealousy. 
The  people  of  the  Unit-Union  will  elect  one 
amongst  themselves  for  a  definite  number  of 
years  as  President,  who  will  really  not  *  govern* 
but  will  be  the  central  authority  for  supervising 
production  and  distribution,  co-ordinating  the 
actions  of  the  different  centres  and  looking  after 
the  spread  of  education,  the  improvement  of 
communications,  sanitation  and  improvement  in 
other  things  which  would  make  for  man*s  wel- 
fare. He  will  look  after  the  entire  well-being 
of  the  community.  No  complicated  legislation 
will  distract  his  attention,  no  looking  after  the 
administration  of  executive  and  judicial  services. 
There  will  be  no  elaborate  system  of  Police 
service  to  eat  up  the  substance  of  the  people. 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA's  SCHEME     177 

The  President  will  be  assisted  in  the  discharge 
of  his  work  by  a  Council  of  Ministers,  who  will 
be  elected  by  the  people.  The  interests  of  the 
whole  community  being  one,  there  being  no 
private  interests  to  defend,  there  will  be  no 
necessity  for  complicated  laws,  no  elaborate 
system  of  dispensing  legal  justice.  There  being 
no  difference  of  interests  between  the  *rulers* 
and  the  *ruled' — their  interests  being  absolutely 
identical — there  will  be  no  necessity  for  the 
people  to  control  the  administration  by  means 
of  money-bills  and  so  forth  except  through  the 
elections  of  the  President  and  the  Ministers. 
Consequently  there  will  be  no  need  for  a  Legis- 
lative Council.  Each  of  these  Ministers  will  be 
in  charge  of  a  department  of  public  welfare  and 
he  will  be  responsible  before  God  and  man 
for  the  proper  discharge  of  his  duties.  There 
will  be  no  diplomacy  but  the  diplomacy  of 
straight  honest  dealing.  There  will  be  no 
secrecy  for  there  will  be  nothing  to  conceal. 
Secrecy  and  sin  go  together.  People  resort  to 
secrecy  when  they  commit  wrong  and  are  un- 
willing to  let  go  the  advantage  gained  thereby. 
Everything  must  be  done  in  the  full  light  of 
day,  in  the  full  gaze  of  the  public,  so  that  none 


178         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

could  commit  wrong  and  if  any  one  does  it,  he 
may  at  once  be  found  out. 

There  will  be  a  World-Union  of  all  these 
Units  with  a  Chief-President  who  will  be  elected 
by  the  Presidents  of  all  the  countries  from 
amongst  themselves  for  a  definite  number  of 
years.  He  also  will  be  assisted  by  a  Council 
of  Ministers,  each  Unit  electing  one.  TTie  func- 
tion of  this  World-Union  will  be  exactly  similar 
to  that  of  the  Unit-Unions.  It  will  serve 
principally  the  object  of  a  clearing  house  of  all 
the  surplus  productions  of  the  units,  giving  to 
each  unit  what  it  cannot  conveniently  or  profit- 
ably produce  but  what  it  does  require  and  taking 
from  that  unit  what  it  does  produce  and  what 
it  can  spare  for  other  units.  In  this  way  a 
perfectly  efficient  system  of  mutual  exchange 
of  goods  can  easily  be  evolved  to  take  the  place 
of  the  present  system  of  international  trade  and 
commerce.  The  whole  system  being  based  on 
mutual  exchange  of  goods,  according  to  needs, 
no  particular  country  will  gain  advantage  over, 
or  benefit  itself  at  the  expense  of,  others.  It 
will  get  only  what  it  requires  and  give  to  others 
what  it  can  spare.  Not  gain  but  mutual  benefit 
v^ll    be    the    motive.      MONEY  PLAYS  NO  PART 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA's  SCHEME     179 

HERE  ALSO.  There  is  no  need  for  it  at  all.  It 
is  to  be  abolished.  There  will  be  no  exchange 
of  values  but  exchange  of  requirements.  Conse- 
quently there  will  be  no  high  or  low  rate  of 
exchange,  no  balance  of  trade  in  any  unit's 
favour  and  none  of  those  complications  arising 
out  of  high  and  low  rate  of  exchange  from  which 
the  world  at  present  so  acutely  suffers. 

In  addition,  this  World-Union  organization 
will  be  the  common  meeting-ground  for  all  the 
peoples  of  the  world,  affording  facilities  for  ex- 
change of  thoughts,  ideas,  experiences  and 
knowledge.  God  has  distributed  His  know- 
ledge in  such  a  way  that  no  people  can  boast 
of  perfection.  Their  knowledge,  their  ideas 
and  thoughts  will  be  incomplete  without  addi- 
tional knowledge,  ideas  and  thoughts  from  the 
rest  of  the  world.  The  East  has  much  to  give 
in  the  matter  of  spiritual  knowledge  while  the 
West  has  much  to  teach  in  regard  to  material 
knowledge.  Each  people  has  got  something  to 
contribute  to  the  common  stock  of  knowledge 
for  the  benefit  of  all  the  rest.  This  World- 
Union  will  help  to  do  that  and  without  this 
Humainity  as  a  whole  cannot  attain  perfection. 

Means   of  communication  have   in   recent 


180         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

times  been  so  much  developed  and  improved 
that  the  scheme  of  a  Central  Organisation  v/ork- 
ing  in  the  closest  touch  with  the  different  units 
has  become  perfectly  feasible.  Rail  and  steamer 
have  already  shortened  the  distance  between  the 
remotest  parts  of  the  world.  The  invention  of 
aeroplane,  which  has  not  yet  reached  its  highest 
perfection  but  which  promises  of  vast  improve- 
ments, v^U  soon  make  the  question  of  time  and 
distance  a  matter  of  very  minor  consideration. 
Eminent  scientists  tell  us  that  with  the  invention 
of  atom-engines,  aeroplanes  could  easily  attain  a 
speed  of  500  miles  an  hour,  which  would  make  it 
possible  for  the  people  of  London  to  get  their 
supply  of  fresh  eggs  daily  from  Australia.*  The 
perfection  of  wireless  telegraphy  and  the  inven- 
tion of  wireless  telephone  would  make  it  possible 
for  people  living  thousands  of  miles  away  to 
converse  with  each  other  as  many  times  as  they 
want    in    course    of    a    day.     Thus  the  Chief 


*  Twelve  years  ago  our  brother  Bipulananda 
wrote  :  "The  time  is  fast  coming  when  the  invention 
of  aeroplane  will  make  it  possible  for  fashionable 
ladies  in  Paris  to  get  their  supply  of  roses  daily  from 
Busrah"  (Persia). 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA'S   SCHEME  181 

President  and  his  Ministers  could  be  in  daily 
and  hourly  communication  with  the  remotest 
parts  of  the  world. 

For  the  interchange  of  thoughts  and  ideas 
and  for  proper  inter-communication,  there  must 
be  one  common  language.  That  language  shall 
be  English.  Half  the  world  today  speaks 
the  English  tongue.  Besides,  it  has  many 
advantages  in  its  favour. 

One  possible  objection  against  the  scheme 
may  be  this  :  True,  the  primary  necessaries  of 
life  could  be  distributed  amongst  the  people  of 
the  world  more  or  less  equally,  if  production  was 
kept  on  at  full  rate.  But  if  all  are  to  share  alike, 
what  of  the  articles  of  luxury,  the  production 
of  which  is  limited?  To  this  the  answer  v^ll 
'be  these  will,  in  the  first  instance,  be  supplied 
according  to  present  needs  and  as  needs 
grow,  production  could  also  be  accelerated 
to  keep  pace  with  growing  needs.  Moreover, 
this  is  a  matter  of  detail  which  could  be 
settled  much  more  easily  when  all  are  united 
and  inspired  by  mutual  love  and  good- will. 
If  we  are  agreed  on  broad  issues,  the  smaller 
ones  won't  be  difficult  to  settle.  The  exact 
structure    of    human    society    complete    in    all 


182  THE  master's  worlj>-unk)N  scheme 

its  details  could  be  settled  when  all  have 
met,  when  love  has  opened  up  the  sealed  depart- 
ments of  the  human  intellect,  when  new 
thoughts,  new  ideas  and  new  energies  are 
brought  to  bear  on  human  actions.  The  present 
production  of  things  of  necessity  and  luxury 
could  be  multiplied  many  times  more  once  the 
human  mind  is  set  free  from  the  bond  of  thinking 
of  his  own  wants — ^specially,  when  men,  now 
employed  on  works  which  would  then  be  abso- 
lutely unnecessary,  such  as  the  army  and  the 
navy  and  the  production  of  munitions,  are  v^th- 
drawn  and  employed  on  productive  works. 
When  Love  sways  human  breast  new  methods 
will  be  found  for  increasing  production  a 
hundredfold.  Science  has  not  yet  given  Human- 
ity its  fullest  benefits  and  Science  has  not  yet 
been  fully  developed.  When  the  unexplored 
regions  of  Science  are  discovered,  things  that 
improve  man's  state  of  physical  existence,  things 
that  add  to  his  comforts  could  be  multiplied  ad 
infinitum. 

A  possible  question  may  also  be :  Who 
will  use  the  Telegraph,  the  Railway,  the  aero- 
plane and  the  motor  car  ?  These  will  be  worked 
primarily  for  the  welfare  of  the  community  in 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA'S  SCHEME  183 

general  and  secondarily  for  the  needs  of  those 
who  are  in  need  to  use  them  and  also  for  the 
enjoyment  of  people  in  general. 

From  what  has  been  stated  before  the  reader 
must  have  gathered  an  idea  of  what  the  essential 
feature  of  Thakur  Dayananda*s  scheme  is.  I 
will  here  deal  with  it  in  brief. 

The  present  order  of  human  society  must 
be  changed  root  and  branch  and  built  anew  on 
the  basis  of  the  Fatherhood  of  God  and  Brother- 
hood of  mcin  with  a  view  to  promote  man*s 
highest  material  well-being.  But  the  root  of  the 
evils  lies  deeper  than  that.  It  lies  in  human 
nature.  The  present  system  of  society  is  the 
product  of  human  mind.  It  is  what  the  human 
mind  has  made  it — it  is  a  reflex  of  the  human 
mind.  To  bring  about  a  radical  change  in  the 
human  society,  you  must  first  completely  change 
human  nature,  bring  about  a  complete  trans- 
formation of  the  human  mind.  To  bring  about 
a  sudden  change  in  the  social  order  by  means 
of  a  violent  revolution  without  a  corresponding 
change  in  human  nature  is  futile.  It  is  wholly 
unsatisfactory.  Such  a  change  from  without 
will  never  work  well — it  won't  fit  in  with  existing 


184         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

human  nature  and  it  is  bound  to  end  in  chaos 
and  confusion ;  and  to  evolve  cosmos  out  of  this 
chaos  Humanity  v^ll  have  to  wade  through 
blood.  That  change  must  come  from  v^thin. 
TTiere  must  in  the  first  instance  be  a  revolution 
in  man*s  thoughts  and  ideas  so  as  to  bring  a 
complete  change  in  his  mental  outlook.  To 
bring  about  a  world-wide  change  and  establish 
world-wide  peace,  the  general  level  of  thought 
must  in  the  first  instance  be  raised  to  this  height. 
In  other  words,  the  real  remedy  for  the 
disease  from  which  Humanity  suffers  is  a  spiri- 
tuai  remedy — the  real  need  of  the  world  today 
is  spiritual  regeneration.  Man  must  be  made 
fully  conscious  that  he  is  a  spiritual  being  and  it 
is  the  conscious  realization  of  his  spiritual  nature 
that  must  form  the  corner-stone  of  this  New  Era 
or  Satya  Yuga.  Man  has  outlived  his  material 
existence.  He  must  now  enter  his  career  of 
spiritual  existence.  He  has  travelled  the  long 
and  tedious  by-paths  of  materialism — he  must 
now  enter  the  region  of  the  spirit.  He  must  now 
return  to  his  own  true  Self — the  spirit  must 
return  to  the  Great  Spirit,  He  must  trace  his 
steps  back  to  God — ^he  must  find  out  his  lost 
link  with  God. 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA's  SCHEME  185 

In  the  old  order  of  society  the  individual 
was  neglected — ^he  stood  alone.  He  was  one 
in  a  vast  conglomeration  of  individuals  without 
any  link  or  harmony  between  them.  Every- 
body for  himself  was  the  key-note  of  this  incon- 
gruous order  of  society.  In  this  New  Era  this 
isolation  must  be  broken.  Man  must  find  out  his 
lost  link  with  God  and  when  he  has  done  that 
he  will  find  out  his  lost  link  with  his  comple- 
mentary beings.  And  it  is  on  the  basis  of  the 
realization  that  men  are  complementary  to  one 
another  that  the  new  order  of  society  must  be 
built  up. 

Hie  social  unit  is  the  individual.  There 
is  unrest  in  the  world  because  the  individual 
has  not  had  peace.  His  soul  has  gone  unfed. 
In  civilized  society  people  often  complain,  *lt*s 
awfully  dull*.  This  sense  of  dullness  is  really 
the  hunger  of  the  soul.  Men  did  not  know  how 
to  satisfy  this  hunger  of  the  soul.  To  kill  this 
dullness,  the  civilized  man  constantly  seeks 
excitement  and  sensation.  He  wants  something 
by  which  he  could  drown  this  cry  of  the  soul 
for  food  in  oblivion.  Theatre,  cinema,  race, 
football,  boxing — these  are  the  ruling  passions 
of  the  day.     Love  of  quiet  now  stands  for  un-- 


t&k  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

sociability,  communion  with  God  is  of  course 
discounted.  Actual  life  has  been  divorced  from 
Religion — man  has  ceased  to  draw  inspiration 
from  high  and  noble  ideals.  The  result  has 
been  disastrous.  Man  has  been  entirely  cut  off 
from  spirituality.  He  hcis  ceased  to  exist  as  a 
spiritual  being  and  has  been  steeped  more  and 
more  in  grossness.  His  soul  has  been  half  dead, 
his  conscience  lulled  to  rest.  His  nature  has 
hardened,  his  love  of  self  has  grown  so  in- 
ordinately that  he  can  easily  injure  others. 

The  Essential  Feature,  therefore,  of 
Thakur  Dayananda*s  scheme  is  to  confer  on  the 
individual  the  highest  happiness,  a  state  of  per- 
petual bliss.  Man  by  his  very  nature  seeks 
happiness.  But  happiness  is  a  state  of  the  mind, 
a  condition  of  the  spirit.  It  cannot  be  derived 
from  matter,  although  material  things  do  in- 
directly contribute  to  this  happiness.  Material 
things  do  satisfy  our  senses  but  satisfaction  ceases 
with  the  disappearance  of  the  object  and  is 
followed  by  dullness.  Happiness  or  bliss  is 
derived  from  God.  God  is  the  fountain  from 
^where  springs  real  happiness — He  is  the  one 
-eternEj  source  of  bliss.  This  happiness  or  bliss 
in  the  highest  stage  never  departs  the  soul. 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA'^   SCHEME  187 

Man  indeed  seeks  peace.     There  is  a  cry 
for  it  all  the  world  over.     But  to  seek  peace 
Avithout   seeking   God !      How   could   that   be  ? 
Peace  is  He.     He  must  be  found.     He  must 
be  enthroned  in  human  heart.     Then  and  then 
only  can  Peace  come.     Peace  would  reign  on 
earth  only  when  the  individual  realizes  his  per- 
fect one-ness  with  God  and  his  fellow-beings  and 
when  realizing  that  he  acts  accordingly — Peace 
would  come  when  there  is  complete  harmony 
between  one  individual  and  another  in  thought, 
deed  and  action,  when  his  thought  is  in  harmony 
with  that  of  his  fellow-beings  and  this  mutually 
harmonious  thought  finds  expression    in    har- 
monious action. 

Before  we  seek  to  reconstruct  the  world,  we 
must  find  God,  we  must  attain  Godhood.  Only 
that  man  will  be  permitted  to  have  a  hand  in 
the  establishment  of  the  New  World  in  whom 
God  has  first  revealed  the  New  World — only  he 
will  help  to  usher  in  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven 
on  earth,  whose  heart  itself  has  become  the 
Kingdom  of  Heaven.  We  shall  be  able  to  think 
rightly  when  our  thought  springs  from  Him, 
our  action  will  end  in  great  good  when  we  act  at 


188         THE  master's  world- union  scheme 

His  bidding,  our  steps  will  be  unfaltering  when 
we  walk  in  His  Light. 

The  one  permanent  basis  on  which  human 
society  could  be  rebuilt  is  on  the  basis  of  Brother- 
hood of  man.  But  before  we  have  Brotherhood, 
we  must  have  Fatherhood.  Where  is  the  Father? 
We  must  know  the  Father  first.  Unless  we 
know  the  Father  first,  all  will  be  in  vain.  The 
human  society  must  be  converted  into  one  huge 
family,  all  the  members  working  under  the 
command  of  the  Father. 

How  would  you  bind  Humanity?  By  the 
bond  of  common  interest?  The  human  society 
consists  of  such  a  variety  of  races,  each  differ- 
ing from  the  others  in  manners,  habits  and 
customs — ^there  is  such  a  variety  of  cultures 
—each  distinct,  and  each  beautiful  in  its  own 
way  and  each  necessary  for  the  common 
humanity — that  it  would  be  difficult  to  unite 
them  in  a  bond  of  common  interest  even.  Com- 
mon interest  is  an  unsafe  bond  for  knitting  man- 
kind into  one.  The  only  sure  bond  is  Love. 
Put  the  human  races  together,  if  you  can,  but 
they  will  disintegrate  very  soon  if  the  bond  unit- 
ing them  be  not  something  stronger  than  com- 
mon interest.     Love  must  be  that  bond.     Who 


WHAT  IS  THAKUR  DAYANANDA*S  SCHEME     189 

is  there  so  strong  that  will  cut  the  bond  of  Love  > 
Love  must  fill  every  human  heart.  Love  shall 
fill  the  earth,  the  air  and  the  whole  firmament. 
But  this  Love  can  come  only  when  we  have 
filled  our  hearts  in  His  Love,  only  when  we  have 
plunged  and  soaked  our  heart  in  His.  Love. 
Love  for  brothers  and  sisters  will  come  only 
when  we  love  the  Father.  He  is  Love  and  we 
must  live  in  Him  and  living  in  Him,  we  shall 
find  Him  everywhere,  in  our  fellow-beings,  in 
animals,  in  nature.  Love  shall  govern  the 
relation  between  man  and  man  and  this  love 
shall  roll  down  even  to  animals  and  inemimate 
objects. 

The  world  to-day  is  steeped  in  misery. 
The  sorrow  and  suffering  of  man  has  reached 
the  highest  point.  Who  has  given  these  sorrows 
zmd  sufferings  to  man?  Why  has  He  given 
these  to  His  children?  Does  He  not  love  us? 
He  loves  us  more  than  we  love  ourselves.  Then 
why  has  He  flung  Humanity  in  this  abyss  of 
sorrow  and  suffering?  It  is  for  our  good. 
These  will  serve  a  great  purpose.  Those  who 
have  eyes  to  see  will  find  that  there  is  a  great 
design  behind  all  this  sorrow  and  suffering. 
That  design  is  to  knit  His  children  in  one  bond 
13 


190  THE  MASTER*S  WORLD-UNION  SCHEME 

*of  Love,  to  make  them  return  to  Him,  to  make 
them  surrender  themselves  to  Him  for  therein 
lies  their  highest  happiness.  He  has  put  them 
to  pain  and  suffering  so  that  He  could  confer 
on  them  Eternal  Bliss,  Eternal  Happiness. 

TTie  world  must  have  peace  no  doubt  for 
that  is  what  He  intends  to  confer  on  His  children. 
But  the  world  will  not  have  it  so  long  as  it  has 
not  known  Him,  so  long  as  the  world  does  not 
surrender  itself  to  Him.  He  must  be  found  first 
of  all  and  then  everything  else  will  follow.  Our 
first  and  foremost  duty  is  to  find  Him,  to  know 
Him,  to  love  Him  and  to  surrender  ourselves  at 
His  feet. 

The  starting  point  in  Dayananda*s 
SCHEME  IS  God, — God  first,  God  foremost  and 
God  above  everything.  That  is  the  Master's 
scheme  of  World-Union. 

This  scheme  is  the  only  scheme  and  there 
is  no  other.  That  is  the  scheme  which  can  and 
-which  will  save  Humanity.  The  world  must 
accept  this  scheme  or  the  sorrow  and  suffering 
of  the  world  will  only  increase.  The  sooner  the 
lATorld  accepts  it,  the  better  for  it — the  longer  it 
is  put  off,  the  greater  will  be  the  misery  and 
suffering. 


IX 

TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES: 

The  Scheme  of  the  League  of  Nations, 
The  Scheme  of  the  Bolsheviks. 
A  word  or  two  about  the  League  of  Nations 
wU  not  be  out  of  place  here. 

The  first  26  articles  of  the  Versailles  Treaty 
relate  to  the  establishment  of  a  League  of 
Nations.  The  seat  of  the  League  is  to  be  at 
Geneva.  The  League  is  to  consist  of  a  Council 
zuid  an  Assembly.  The  Council  is  to  consist 
of  one  member  each  of  the  *Big  Five'  and  four 
members  chosen  from  the  other  members  of  the 
League.  The  Assembly  is  to  consist  of  six 
members  of  England  and  her  dominions  and 
one  each  of  other  nations  joining  the  League. 
The  main  authority  is  to  rest  with  the  Council. 
The  objects  of  the  League  are  to  reduce 
national  armaments  to  the  lowest  point  consonant 
with  national  safety,  to  enforce  international 
obligations,  to  respect  and  preserve,  as  against 
external  aggression,  the  territorial  integrity  and 


192  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

existing  political  independence  of  all  members 
of  the  League,  to  arbitrate  on  all  disputes 
between  themselves  and  not  to  resort  to  war 
until  three  months  after  the  award  given  by 
the  League,  and  to  establish  an  International 
0)urt  of  Justice. 

Provision  has  also  been  made  for  (a) 
administration  of  colonies  and  territories  taken 
away  from  the  *  enemy*  by  Powers  that  are 
mandatory  of  the  League,  who  are  required 
annually  to  report  to  the  League ;  (b)  *fair*  and 
*humane'  conditions  of  labour;  (c)  *just'  treat- 
ment of  natives  in  controlled  territories,  and  (J) 
freedom  of  transit  and  communication  for  mem- 
bers of  the  League  and  their  commerce. 

A  glance  at  the  constitution  and  the  objects 
of  the  League  will  convince  any  casual  observer 
that  this  make-shift  arrangement  is  not  what 
Humanity  seeks.  This  is  not  what  will  make 
the  world  safe  for  democracy  far  less  bring 
Universal  Peace.  The  great  powers  met  in  a 
solemn  conclave  and  produced  this  poor  thing. 
It  reminds  one  of  the  proverbial  saying  of  the 
mountain  in  labour.  How  this  could  have  satis- 
fied President  Wilson's  soul  no  intelligent  man 
can  conceive.     The  authors  of  the  League  may 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  193 

hug  it  on  to  their  breast  but  the  people  of  the 
world  will  refuse  to  accept  it.  The  real  object 
of  the  authors  was  not  to  make  a  new  heaven 
and  a  new  earth  but  only  to  improve  the  present 
state  of  things  by  minimising  the  possibilities  of 
war.  But,  whether  they  have  been  minimised 
or  not,  the  possibilities  remain  all  the  same. 
The  possibilities  of  friction,  of  clash  of  interests, 
of  one  member  attacking  another  member  and 
all  the  root  evils  from  which  Humsuiity  is  suffer- 
ing remain  fully  as  before.  The  League  will 
only  attempt  at  accommodating  conflicting  inter- 
ests. And  in  case  those  attempts  failed?  War 
would  break  out.  The  member  who  declares 
war  will  be  'considered  to  have  declared  war* 
on  all  the  members  of  the  League.  Possibly, 
he  won't  have  the  hardihood  of  declaring  war  on 
his  opponent  and  of  *being  considered  to  have 
declared  war'  on  all.  But  if  he  does,  it  may 
at  once  be  a  world  war  again  !  So  the  possibi- 
lity of  war  is  not  eliminated.  It  is  made  only 
a  little  difficult  to  wage  war. 

They  want  to  reduce  national  armaments 
to  the  lowest  point  consonant  with  national 
safety.  Would  reduction  of  armaments  make 
war  impossible?     At  the  beginning  of  the  war. 


194  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

England  had  no  arms  and  ammunitions  to  cope 
with  the  Germans.  But  in  course  of  a  year  or 
two  she  surpassed  even  Germany  by  converting 
her  highly  organised  industries  into  munition 
factories.  So  reduction  of  armaments  is  no 
guarantee.  It  will  not  make  war  impossible. 
And  after  such  terrible  suffering,  it  would  be 
but  a  poor  consolation  for  the  world  if  war  is 
not  made  altogether  impossible.  And  to  make 
war  impossible  is  to  make  it  unnecessary,  to  take 
away  even  the  need  for  national  safety,  to  make 
the  conditions  such  that  one  nation  would  find 
it  not  merely  dangerous  or  difficult  but  unneces- 
sary to  wage  war  on  another.  The  safety  of 
Humanity  lies  only  that  way. 

Consonant  with  national  safety  !  So  the 
old  atmosphere  of  distrust  of  one's  neighbour  is 
not  cleared.  They  cannot  altogether  rule  out  the 
possibility  of  one  nation  attacking  another. 
Nations  will  still  have  to  be  on  their  guard — 
perhaps  more  so  now,  than  before,  for  the  old 
system  of  keeping  prepared  at  all  times  gave 
them  some  sense  of  security.  Now  the  nations 
will  have  to  walk  the  highway  of  life  with  their 
pistol  in  their  pockets  and  one  hand  always  on 
the  pistol  lest  some  one  should  spring  upon  them. 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  195 

You  cannot  even  now  dismiss  the  possibility  of 
your  neighbour  endangering  your  safety  !  Then 
where  is  the  improvement  on  the  old  order  of 
things?  Only  you  lessen  the  percentage  of 
the  chances  of  your  neighbour  attacking  you  [ 
You  cannot  still  remove  the  motive  for  his 
attacking  you  ! 

Is  it  really  from  a  sense  of  disgust  of  war 
that  you  reduce  armaments,  or,  because  you  feel 
you  cannot  bear  the  burden  of  armaments  any 
longer  and  that  you  must  come  to  some  sort  of 
arrangement  with  your  neighbours  ?  If  it  is  the 
former,  if  your  feeling  is  genuine,  the  only  logi- 
cal step  for  you  to  take  would  be  to  stamp  out 
war  altogether.  If  it  is  the  latter,  why  not 
advance  a  step  further?  Instead  of  reducing  it 
to  a  point  *  consonant  with  national  safety',  why 
not  reduce  it  to  a  vanishing  point?  Why  not 
abolish  it  altogether?  That  would  leave  you 
free  to  spend,  for  promoting  human  welfare,  the 
money  that  you  now  spend  on  armaments.  Is 
not  the  cup  of  human  misery  full  to  overflowing  ? 
Does  it  not  require  the  very  last  farthing  that 
you  could  spend?  Of  course,  that  requires 
mutual  agreement  with  your  neighbours — that 
requires  closer  association — that  requires  clear- 


1%  THE  master's  world-union  SCHEME 

ing  every  ground  of  suspicion  and  distrust — that 
requires  removal  of  every  cause  for  which  your 
neighbour  could  think,  rightly  or  wrongly,  that 
he  should  attack  you.  Or,  in  other  words,  there 
must  be  a  world-common-wealth  of  all  the 
peoples. 

You  want  to  kill  Militarism.  How  could  you 
by  your  League  of  Nations?  Militarism  is  the 
spirit  of  dominance  by  one  man  or  one  nation 
upon  another.  Militarism  is  inherent  in  the 
system  of  human  society.  The  League  of 
Nations  has  not  sought  to  remodel  it.  It  could 
not  think  of  bringing  about  a  change  in  the 
spirit  of  man.  It  deals  only  with  the  barest 
surface  of  things. 

The  League  has  failed  entirely  to  see  the 
real  issue.  It  has  failed  to  go  to  the  root.  It 
provides  for  the  arbitration  of  disputes.  But  if 
disputes  remain  still,  they  are  sure  to  cause 
trouble.  If  there  is  to  be  any  improvement  on 
the  present  order  of  things,  it  must  be  altered 
in  such  a  way  that  disputes  may  not  arise  at  all. 

Theo,  most  of  the  peoples  of  the  world  are 
to  be  governed  by  it  but  not  to  be  represented  in 
it.  The  specious  arrangement  of  governing  by 
powers  holding   **mandate'*   from  the  League 


TWO  OTHER   SCHEMES  197 

will  deceive  nobody.  Why  should  the  well- 
being  of  so  large  a  number  of  people  be  bartered 
away  by  the  authors  of  the  League,  sitting  far 
away  in  a  secret  conclave,  without  hearing  the 
people  concerned,  without  the  least  semblance 
of  an  enquiry  into  the  fact  whether  these  peoples 
were  fit  to  rule  themselves  or  not  ?  The  League 
provides  for  the  just  treatment  of  natives  in 
controlled  areas.  Who  is  to  judge  what  is 
*just'  and  what  is  *  unjust*  ?  Will  the  League 
hear  the  peoples  who  consider  they  are  being 
treated  unjustly  or  are  they  to  take  the  version 
of  the  mandatory  as  true?  If  the  League  is  to 
hear  the  aggrieved  people,  why  did  they  turn 
out  the  representatives  of  Korea?  Why  were 
the  representatives  of  Egypt  not  allowd  to  lay 
their  case  before  the  League?  Why  were  the 
representatives  of  Ireland  not  given  a  hearing? 
Why  were  the  mouths  of  the  representatives  of 
Persia,  who  wanted  to  speak  against  the  British 
domination,  shut?  Why,  in  the  name  of  God? 
The  League  provides  for  mandatories  to  report 
annually.  Will  a  mandatory  report  the  wrongs 
and  injustices  that  he  has  committed?  Will 
England  report  how  many  Arab  villages  she  has 
bombed?     Will  England  furnish  the    League 


196         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

with  a  true  account  of  the  massacre  at 
JalHan walla?  Even  if  she  did,  and  the  League 
found  it  guilty.  What  then?  Will  the  League 
take  away  the  mandate  and  hand  over  that 
country  to  another  mandatory  or  set  that  country 
free?  Or,  will  the  League  simply  censure  the 
Mandatory  as  the  British  Government  in  India 
have  censured  those  who  machine-gunned  and 
bombed  unarmed  mob?  Then  again,  India  is 
an  original  member  of  the  League.  In  the 
assembly  she  sits  as  a  member  equal  in  rank 
and  status  with  the  member  for  America  or 
France  or  any  other  nation.  But  really  she  is 
a  slave-country.  Why  should  one  original 
member  rule  over  another  original  member  > 
Persia  is  another  original  member  of  the  League.. 
But  she  is  completely  under  the  domination  of 
Britain.  Why  should  she  not  be  absolutely 
free?  Why  should  the  rope  of  the  Anglo- 
Persian  agreement  be  round  her  neck  ? 

Is  this  the  way  to  secure  Universal  Peace? 
Is  this  the  peace  which  the  best  brains  of 
Europe  and  America  have  devised  for  mankind  ? 
Is  it  for  this  that  Humanity  has  suffered  and 
millions  have  died? 

The  fact  that  England  controls  six  votes  in 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  199 

the  Assembly  while  America  has  only  one  has 
been  the  subject  of  long  and  bitter  controversy 
in  America.  The  fact  that  amendments  to  the 
covenant  of  the  League  cannot  be  altered  unless 
by  the  unanimous  consent  of  the  Council  has 
also  been  vigorously  attacked.  Mr.  Justice 
Wesley  O.  Howard  of  America  makes  the 
following  observation  generally  on  the  scheme 
of  the  League  of  Nations  : — 

**It  is  in  no  sense  a  world  democracy  but 
is  a  great  central  powerful  oligarchy 
dominated  by  the  will  of  monarchs. 
...The  scheme  of  the  League  of 
Nations  bears  not  the  resemblance  to 

a    democracy It    is  antipode  of 

democracy It  is  autocracy . ' ' 

How  has  the  League  proved  its  existence  in 
actual  working  ?  How  has  it  justified  itself  even 
during  its  short  existence?  When  Poland 
attacked  Soviet  Russia,  Labour  Members  of 
Parliament  pressed  Government  to  invoke  the 
League  of  Nations  to  settle  the  dispute.  Mr. 
Bonar  Law  declared  from  his  seat  on  the 
Treasury  Bench  that  *  *  any  action  that  the  League 
might  take  would  not  be  effective.**  Lord 
Robert  Cecil  implored  Lord  Curzon  to  invoke 


200         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

the  aid  of  the  League  of  Nations  to  stop  the 
Polish  war  but  Lord  Curzon  replied  to  the  same 
effect.  Then  what  is  the  League  there  for? 
Was  it  not  one  of  its  objects  to  maintain  the 
peace  of  the  world?  The  question  of  Ireland 
still  hangs  fire.  What  has  the  League  done  to 
solve  it?  The  border  states  which  have  been 
helped  to  come  into  existence  to  wall  off  Soviet 
Russia  from  the  rest  of  Europe  are  fighting 
amongst  themselves  over  the  question  of 
boundary.  Has  the  League  been  able  to  stop 
that?  Not  yet.  The  Greeks  are  fighting  the 
Turkish  Nationalists  to  gain  possession  of  their 
sphere  of  influence  in  Asia  Minor.  Sometime 
ago  a  telegram  appeared  in  the  ** Morning  Post** 
of  London  to  the  effect  that  the  Greeks  had 
captured  20,000  men  and  put  the  majority  of 
them  to  death  on  the  ground  that  they  were  not 
regular  soldiers  but  rebels  and  therefore  the  laws 
of  humane  warfare  did  not  apply  to  them.  Has 
the  League  been  able  to  prevent  this  hideous 
massacre  ?  Many  such  instances  can  be  cited  as 
to  the  working  of  the  League  of  Nations. 

Half  the  world  is  starving  today.  What 
lias  the  League  done  to  remedy  it  ?  Disease  and 
sickness  is  decimating  Central  Europe.     What 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  201 

has  the  League  done  to  combat  it?  What  has 
the  League  done  to  rid  the  world  of  the  pain- 
ful sight  of  man  eating  man's  flesh?  The 
League  has  done  nothing  from  which  one  could 
justify  its  existence.  Sometime  ago  an  appeal 
was  issued  for  funds  for  typhus-sticken  Poland. 
The  same  old  charity  !  When  half  the  world 
is  starving  is  charity  the  method  for  stopping  it? 
We  do  not  hear  of  the  League  of  Nations  except 
in  the  speeches  of  statesmen  and  politicieuis. 
The  more  the  League  is  breaking  to  pieces,  the 
more  they  are  shouting  frantically  to  people  to 
come  and  uphold  it.  But  this  wont  be  of  any 
use.  The  League  was  an  unreal  thing  and  like 
all  unreal  things  it  is  bound  to  perish.  It  is 
dead.  Poking  a  dead  horse  won't  make  it  run. 
Except  the  authors  of  the  League  everyone  in 
the  world  is  agreed  that  the  League  has  failed. 
TTie  consciousness  of  failure  is  creeping  also  over 
the  mind  of  the  authors  themselves.  In  his 
speech  in  the  House  of  Commons,  on  return  from 
San  Remo,  Mr.  Lloyd  George  said:  **If  the 
League  of  Nations  failed,  the  only  hope  was  a 
federation  of  nations."  That  is  good  news 
coming  from  such  a  quarter.  TTie  very  word 
*if'  speaks  a  volume.     It  only  indicates  that  in 


202         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

his  heart  of  heart  Mr.  Lloyd  George  is  convinced 
that  the  League  of  Nations  is  a  total  failure. 

America  has  done  a  service  to  mankind  by 
walking  out  of  this  League.  Senator  Harding 
has  pledged  himself  to  call  a  World  Association 
of  all  the  peoples  of  the  world.  That  is  good 
news  too.  But  that  is  not  enough.  We  must 
rise  higher  up  still. 

BOLSHEVISM. 

While  the  scheme  of  the  League  of  Nations 
is  a  huge  sham,  the  scheme  of  the  Bolsheviks  is 
inspired  with  a  genuine  desire  to  rescue  the  long- 
suffering  poor  all  over  the  world  from  their 
wretched  condition.  While  the  scheme  of  the 
League  of  Nations  is  halting,  half-hearted  and 
wholly  inadequate  even  for  the  object  which  it 
professes,  the  Bolsheviks  have  honestly  attempt- 
ed to  reconstruct  human  society  on  an  equitable 
basis.  While  the  League  of  Nations  represent 
a  group  of  politicians  who  are  bent  more  on 
protecting  the  interests  of  their  respective 
countries  than  evolving  world-peace,  the 
Bolsheviks  have  made  the  true  interests  of 
Humanity   their   own.     While   the   League   of 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  203 

Nations  is  trying  to  prolong  the  life  of  a  dying 
state  of  things  based  on  wrong,  injustice  and 
oppression  the  Bolsheviks  are  the  harbinger  of 
a  new  order  of  society  based  on  right,  justice  and 
fair-play.  But  both  have  ended  in  failure.  Both 
have  caused  greater  suffering  to  Humanity  than 
before — the  authors  of  the  League  by  their  utter 
lack  of  vision  and  failure  to  rise  to  the  height  of 
the  occasion  and  the  Bolsheviks  by  their  wholly 
wrong  method  and  their  incomplete  ideal.  The 
Bolsheviks  have  entirely  ignored  or  lost  sight  of 
the  fact  that  man  is  a  spiritual  being,  that  the 
evolution  of  human  beings  is  not  governed  by 
physical  laws  but  by  the  will  of  a  Supreme  Being. 
Their  highly  sensitive  souls  caught  the  message 
of  the  New  Era  and  at  once  set  to  reconstruct  the 
human  society  with  their  undeveloped  and  im- 
perfect nature.  In  their  hurry  to  impose  a  better 
order  of  society  from  without,  they  have  caused 
greater  suffering  than  they  have  removed. 

Let  us  examine  the  scheme  of  the  Bolsheviks 
in  very  brief.  The  goal  of  the  Bolshevist  move- 
ment is  to  evolve  a  new  order  of  things  in  place 
of  the  present  capitalistic  regime  by  establishing 
the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat,  by  common 
ownership    of    the    means    of    production,    by 


204         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

popular  administration  thereof  and  by  an  equit- 
able distribution  of  social  wealth.  The  method 
by  which  they  seek  to  establish  it  is  by  force  and 
violence. 

The  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  or 
workers  is  their  goal.  We  have  had  it  on  the 
authority  of  Mr.  George  Lansbury  that  Lenin's 
absorbing  aim  in  life  is  to  rescue  the  workers  of 
the  world  from  thraldom  and  wage-slavery  and 
capitalism  and  to  establish  internationalism.  It 
seems  the  Bolsheviks  want  to  bring  about  a  state 
of  things  by  which  all  will  be  benefited  but  the 
supreme  control  and  authority  will  be  in  the 
hands  of  the  proletariat.  It  is  said  workers  will 
include  both  brain  and  manual  workers.  But  in 
practice  that  has  not  been  so.  In  a  circular 
letter*  which  had  been  sent  round  by  Lenin  to 
all  the  branches  of  the  Russian  Communist  party 
concerning  labour  conscription  for  the  economic 
regeneration  of  Russia,  Lenin  talks  of  **due 
control  over  their  (of  bourgeoisie  scientists  and 
technical  experts)  work  by  the  working  people.**" 
Even  if  workers  include  both  manual  and  brain  ^ 

*  Published  in  the  first  instance  in  the  Morning 
Post  of  London  and  reprinted  in  the  Pioneer  of  India.. 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  205 

they  are  not  the  whole  community.  Why  should 
there  be  dictatorship  of  a  part  over  the  whole? 
It  will  no  doubt  be  a  distinct  improvement  on  the 
present  capitalistic  system  since  it  will  be  the 
majority  instead  of  the  minority  ruling  over  the 
community.  The  Bolsheviks  intend  to  evolve 
a  social  order  in  which  peace  will  reign.  But 
will  dictatorship  of  one  class  over  another  ensure 
peace?  True,  the  other  class  will  be  in  a 
minority  and  robbed  of  its  powers  for  evil.  But 
still  there  will  be  a  class  which  will  be  kept  under 
subjection  to  the  will  of  another  and  so  they 
will  continue  to  be  discontented.  Peace  reigns 
in  a  community  where  all  the  elements  of 
society  are  in  harmony.  Here  they  could  not 
possibly  be. 

Then,  their  method  is  violence,  their 
motive-force  is  not  love  but  hatred.  Bolshevism 
had  its  birth  in  hatred  of  the  bourgeoisie.  We 
have  it  also  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  George 
Lansbury  that  Lenin  and  most  of  his  friends  are 
convinced  that  *  *this  evil  system  can  only  be  got 
rid  of  by  means  of  violent  revolution."  The  aim 
of  the  Bolsheviks  is  to  banish  war  and  militarism 
by  putting  an  end  to  the  capitalistic  system 
of  which  these  are  the  offspring.     They  want  to 

14 


206         THE  master's  worlx)-union  scheme 

kill  the  system  with  its  own  weapon.  They 
want  to  kill  oppression  and  tyranny  by  means  of 
violence.  War  ending  war  again  !  They  do 
not  rule  out  violence  altogether.  They  only  want 
it  for  another  object,  a  benevolent  object.  The 
difference  between  the  Capitalistic  system  and 
the  Bolshevik  system  in  this  respect  would  then 
be  in  this  :  Capitalists  want  to  use  violence  to 
further  their  own  selfish  ends — the  Bolsheviks 
want  to  use  violence  for  the  good  of  the  whole 
community.  So  the  monster  of  violence  remains 
all  the  same.  If  a  minority  can  be  oppressive, 
the  majority  also  can.  Once  you  start  with 
violence  there  is  no  end  of  it.  The  presence  of 
a  class  in  the  community  not  sharing  their  views 
and  smarting  under  a  sense  of  wrong  will  tempt 
them  to  permanently  retain  the  instrument  of 
violence  in  their  hands.  Will  that  make  for  the 
New  World  that  Humanity  longs  for? 

It  may  be  urged  we  will  use  violence  for 
attaining  our  goal  and  when  the  goal  is  attained, 
we  will  have  no  need  of  it  and  will  be  in  a  posi- 
tion to  abolish  it.  Will  that  really  be  so  ?  How 
will  you  impose  the  will  of  the  proletariat  on  the 
whcJe  community?  Even  if  it  is  granted  that 
workers  will  include  all  sections  of  the  people,, 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  207 

and  that  proletariat'  will  cover  the  whole  com- 
munity, how  will  you  keep  them  together  ?  You 
must  require  some  amount  of  force  to  prevent 
the  disruption  of  the  state.  Then  again,  if  motive 
of  *gain'  is  taken  away,  how  v^ll  you  make 
men  work?  *He  who  shall  work  shall  eat' — 
that  is  not  a  sufficiently  strong  motive  for  work 
and  in  actual  practice  it  has  proved  not  to  be  so. 
Already,  you  have  had  to  make  men  work  under 
threat  of  violence.  That  is  fcir  from  the  ideal 
state  of  society.  If  this  is  the  order  of  society 
for  which  Humanity  has  suffered  so  much,  its 
sufferings  have  gone  in  vain. 

The  thing  is  :  that  is  not  the  method.  Their 
ideal  is  incomplete,  their  method  is  wrong.  The 
very  inception  of  their  ideal  was  in  hatred  and 
in  a  spirit  of  vengeance  and  violence  was  the 
means  for  carrying  out  their  object.  They 
started  the  wrong  way.  The  change  must  come 
from  within  and  not  from  without.  Two  wrongs 
won't  make  one  right.  If  you  want  right,  you 
must  give  a  complete  go-by  to  wrong  and  start 
with  right.  Love  must  be  the  basis  of  the  whole 
structure.  Love  must  be  the  goal,  love  the 
means.  The  best  way  to  subdue  the  brute  in  man 
is  not  by  confronting  the  brute  in  him,  by  the 


208         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

brute  that  is  in  me,  but  by  revealing  the  God  that 
is  in  me.  The  best  means  of  keeping  together 
the  different  elements  of  society  is  not  violence 
but  love.  Love  is  by  far  the  greatest  cementing 
agent.  In  the  absence  of  motive  of  gain,  the 
only  motive  that  can  make  men  work  is  the 
motive  of  love.  It  will  not  do  to  begin  with 
violence  and  when  the  goal  is  reached  to  substi- 
tute love  for  violence.  The  fruit  of  nectar  does 
not  grow  on  the  tree  of  poison.  Love  won't  grow 
on  the  tree  of  violence.  If  love  is  to  be  the 
cementing  agent,  you  must  rule  out  violence  al- 
together and  begin  by  cultivating  love.  The 
seed  of  all  future  discord  and  unhappiness  will 
be  weeded  out  not  by  violence  but  by  love. 

If  you  start  in  a  spirit  of  hatred,  you  will 
have  spent  yourself  when  that  object  of  hatred  is 
gone  and  it  is  not  unlikely  by  the  time  you 
succeed  in  crushing  your  object  of  hatred,  hatred 
has  become  part  of  your  nature.  When  the  work 
of  reconstruction  begins  you  will  be  found  un- 
equal to  the  task.  Construction  requires  far 
other  power  than  the  power  of  hatred.  It  re- 
quires a  heart  full  of  love  and  not  a  heart  filled 
with  hatred.  The  spirit  of  vengeance  is  a 
destructive  force  but  when  the  work  of  destruc* 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  209 

tion  is  complete  you  can  not  construct  with  the 
same  spirit.  It  is  the  spirit  of  brotherliness  that 
you  must  invoke.  If  that  is  what  you  have  to 
do,  you  must  begin  with  a  brotherly  feeling  now, 
this  very  moment.  The  feeling  of  *  comrade '- 
ship  is  born  of  love  and  not  of  hatred.  It  cannot 
be  that  your  motive  force  will  be  love  and  hatred 
at  one  and  the  same  time — love  for  the  proletariat 
and  hatred  for  the  bourgeoisie.  Love  and 
hatred  do  exist  side  by  side  in  an  ordinary  human 
being  who  follows  his  own  selfish  ends  but  the 
heart  of  a  man  who  seeks  to  rebuild  society  must 
be  overpowered  by  love.  You  want  to  secure 
justice  for  all.  How  could  you  do  that  unless 
you  are  actuated  by  love  for  all.  That  is  a 
qualification  which  you  must  possess  or  you  will 
be  prejudiced  in  favour  of  one  class  and  against 
another  even  against  your  own  will,  even  without 
knowing  it. 

Why  talk  of  the  proletariat*?  Why  start 
with  this  idea  of  exclusiveness  ?  *He  who 
works  shall  eat* — that  may  be  an  equitable 
maxim.  But  why  start  with  that  mean  spirit? 
Why  not  fill  every  heart  with  love?  Love  is  the 
most  powerful  incentive  to  work.  You  start 
your    New    World    by    depriving    the    wealthy 


210         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

classes  of  their  wealth.  In  the  New  Era,  there 
must,  no  doubt,  be  an  equitable  distribution  of 
wealth.  But  that  is  to  be  done  not  by  robbing 
the  wealthy  by  force  but  by  making  the  rest 
wealthy — that  must  be  the  proper  spirit. 

The  Bolsheviks  have  failed  to  go  to  the  root 
of  the  present  social  distemper.  It  lies  deep  in 
human  nature  and  not  merely  in  the  capitalistic 
system.  They  have  not  sought  to  change 
human  nature.  They  have  turned  their  face 
away  from  God  and  have  begun  the  task  of 
reconstructing  human  society  without  first  seek- 
ing the  aid  of  God,  who  alone  can  fructify  human 
efforts.  To  do  great  things  requires  divine 
inspiration.  Where  is  that  inspiration  to  come 
from  if  not  from  God?  Where  is  the  Pole  star 
with  reference  to  which  they  will  find  their 
direction?  Will  your  system  satisfy  man's 
soul?  Even  the  most  perfect  system  can't  do 
that.  You  may  secure  bread  for  everybody  but 
a  man  liveth  not  by  bread  alone.  He  requires 
some  other  thing  which  your  system  can't 
provide.  Only  God  can  give  that.  We  must 
therefore  seek  the  mercy  of  God,  surrender  our- 
selves to  Him.  If  we  can  do  that,  the  system 
will  be  changed  in  a  day,  a  stable  organization 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  211 

will  spring  up  in  no  time.  The  base  of  an  ideal 
human  society  must  be  in  human  heart  and  that 
human  heart  must  be  lodged  in  God. 

The  Bolshevik  movement  is  doomed  to 
failure.  Destruction  is  their  role.  As  soon  as 
they  have  played  this  role  out,  they  will  have  to 
disappear.  Lenin  the  agnostic  can't  construct 
a  better  world  by  this  rough  and  ready  method. 
It  is  not  the  purpose  behind  it.  It  is  the  task 
of  some  Higher  Being,  Whose  spirit  is  merged 
in  the  Great  Spirit,  Whose  soul  is  not  tinged  with 
the  faintest  trace  of  hatred,  Whose  soul  is 
burning  love.  It  is  He  and  He  alone  that  can 
save  Humanity  from  this  abyss  of  suffering. 
The  regeneration  of  the  human  race  is  no  task 
of  a  politician  or  statesman  or  philosopher.  No 
statecraft,  no  amount  of  intellectual  subtlety 
will  achieve  this  grand  object.  It  requires  the 
will  of  One  Whose  will  is  the  will  of  God — It 
requires  a  heart  as  big  as  the  sky — It  requires 
all-pervading,  all-embracing  love.  None  but  a 
Sannyasin,  Who  is  One  with  God,  Who  has 
nothing  to  gain  in  this  world  and  nothing  ta 
lose  in  this  world — none  but  One  Who  is  the 
true  Friend  of  the  world,  of  the  whole  world, 
that   can   achieve   this   stupendous   task.     The 


212         THE  master's  world-union  scheme 

task  of  creating  a  New  Heaven  and  a  New  Earth 
is  for  Him  who  will  dominate  the  Thought 
World  by  His  own  Thought,  who  will  drive 
away  selfishness,  greed  and  jealousy  from 
human  nature  by  His  mere  will.  Only  He  will 
save  and  uplift  Humanity  Who  will  transform 
human  heart  by  His  spiritual  force.  Who  will 
dispel  the  thick  fog  of  darkness  that  hangs  over 
the  world  by  the  movement  of  His  finger.  Only 
He  will  bring  a  better  state  of  existence  for  man 
Who  will  make  a  gift  of  faith,  love  and  good- 
will to  Humanity.  Only  He  will  bring  peace 
on  earth  Whom,  when  He  says,  *Come  and 
follow  me'  the  whole  world  must  follow  £is  the 
fishermen  did  follow  Christ.  Only  He  will 
bring  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  on  earth  Who 
will  satisfy  the  hunger  of  every  human  soul, 
Who  will  confer  supreme  bliss  on  each  and 
all — ^Whose  touch  will  sanctify.  Whose  glance 
will  dispel  doubt.  Whose  mere  smile  will  con- 
quer. It  is  for  One  endowed  with  the  supreme 
spiritual  force  of  a  Srikrishna,  a  Buddha,  a 
Christ.     It  is  for  none  other. 

Is  Bolshevism  an  unmitigated  evil?  No, 
nothing  in  this  world  is.  The  nemesis  has  come 
:in  the  shape  of  Bolshevism.     It  has  been  an  in- 


TWO  OTHER  SCHEMES  213 

strument  in  the  hand  of  God  for  driving  men 
to  the  path  that  leads  to  Him  just  as  the  war 
and  the  suffering  and  misery  following  it  has 
been.  It  is  a  passing  phase — a  stage  in  the 
evolution  of  the  human  race.  It  is  a  warning 
to  Humanity  to  surrender  themselves  to  Him. 
Will  Humanity  take  heed  ?  They  must.  That  is 
absolutely  certain.  The  sooner  they  do  it  the 
better  for  them.  The  longer  they  tarry,  the 
greater  will  be  the  misery.  Let  man  seek  God, 
and  He  will  reveal  Himself.  Let  man  seek  His 
Light  and  his  heart  will  be  overflooded  with 
Divine  Light.  Let  man  surrender  himself 
unreservedly  to  Him  and  he  will  at  once  find 
himself  possessed  of  the  most  glorious  heritage. 
To  bestow  this  glorious  heritage  on  Humanity 
is  the  mission  of  Dayananda. 


APPENDIX. 


I  have  said  before  that  great  and  noble  thoughts 
are  active  spiritual  forces,  which  are  bound  to 
conquer  the  world.  In  the  end  they  are  bound  to 
uplift  human  thought  to  the  same  plane,  however 
short  or  long  the  process  may  be.  This  greatest 
thought  of  uniting  the  whole  Human  Race  in  one 
bond  of  Love  that  Thakur  Dayananda  sent  out  to 
the  world  more  than  12  years  ago,  has  worked  its 
way  to  every  human  heart.  Consciously  or 
unconsciously  the  whole  mentality  of  mankind 
has  been  changed.  Human  thought  that  centred 
before  mainly  round  the  narrow  individual 
'self*  and  no  less  narrow  "national  self"  has 
soared  to  the  highest  point,  to  the  Universal  and 
the  Infinite.  A  study  of  this  process  of  transforma- 
tion of  the  human  mind — how  human  thought  has 
ascended  from  one  height  to  another  and  so  on  to 
the  highest  is  highly  interesting.  But  this  is  not  the 
place  for  that,  nor  this  the  occasion.  But  the  truth 
of  this  statement  will  be  amply  borne  out  by  a 
perusal  of  the  following  few  letters  out  of  many 
received  from  well-known  ladies  and  gentlemen  in 
the  West  and  from  the  passages  taken  at  random 
from  the  utterances  and  writings  of  men  and  womeii 
in  various  parts  of  the  world  who  may  truly  be  said 
to  be  the  highest  exponents  of  the  Thought  World. 


[    2    ] 
A.  LETTERS. 

(1) 

Srimat  Amritananda, 

Arunachal  Mission,  Silchar. 
Dear  Brother, 

I  was  very  glad  to  hear  from  you  and  to   get 

the  very  interesting  appeal I  know  that  Mr.  Lloyd 

George  got  his  copy,  and  several  men  who  take  a 
keen  interest  in   the   League   of   Nations   have    also 

seen  it  and  have  been  very  interested  in  it May 

the  day  soon  come  when  wars  and  envy  and  hatred 
will  have  ceased.  That  can  only  come  when  men 
will  allow  the  Prince  of  Peace  to  be  enthroned  in  the 
hearts  of  men  as  well  as  in  the  Governments  of  the 
world. 

Yours  sincerely, 
(Sd.)  Laura  Evans. 
On  Board  the  S.  S.  City  of 
Calcutta.   April  5th.    1919. 

(2) 

Mr.  a.  Mahabharati, 

Etc.  Etc. 
Dear  Sir, 

I  am  in  receipt  of  your  letter  of  March  1st  and 
may  say  that  I  am  wholly  in  sympathy  with  the  senti- 
ments you  express  and  I  am  always  ready  in  my 
own  life  to  do  what  I  may  be  able  to  counteract  the 
undesirable  tendency  of  our  modern  so-called  civiliza- 


[    3    ] 

tion.  Especially  I  approve  of  your  sentence  "to  find 
peace  and  happiness  the  modern  world  has  taken 
the  wrong  road." 


I  am.  Dear  Sir, 

Yours  truly, 
(Sd.)  Ernest  Bell. 
The   Animals'    Friend   Society, 

York  House,   Portugal  St,, 
Kingsway,    London,    W.    C.    2. 
1st  April,    1920. 

(3) 

Alokananda  Mahabharati, 

Etc.  Etc. 
Dear  Sir, 

Your  most  kind  letter  of  Feb  12th  reached  me 
here  and  though  I  am  going  on  my  journey  within 
an  hour  I  must  send  you  a  hasty  line  to  thank  you 
for  being  so  good  as  to  write.  All  you  say  interests 
me  deeply,  especially  as  I  have  for  some  time  been 
convinced  that  our  old  evil  system  is  breaking  up 
and  a  new  and  better  one  is  on  the  way.  That  the 
signs  of  it  will  come  first  from  the  East,  all  things 
induce  me  to  think  and  that  those  of  non-Caucasian 
race  will  be  leaders  in  this  movement  as  they  have 
been  in  all  others,  that  make  for  the  improvement 
of  the  human  race,  I  feel  sure.  It  is  therefore  with 
deep  gratitude  that  I  read  your  words — as  it  is  also 
with  a  true  sense  of  brotherhood  that  I  send  you  a 
greeting  of  affection. 


I    4    ] 

My  permanent  address  is  I,  Berkeley  Street, 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  U.  S.  A.  though  I  am 
a  Canadian  by  nationality.  I  hope  to  arrive  there 
by  the  middle  of  May. 

Again  expressing  my  most  genuine  appreciation 
of  your  Jcindness  and  regretting  that  travel  compels 
me  to  be  brief,  believe  me,  dear  sir. 

Yours   sincerely, 
(Sd.)    Basil  King, 
Hotel  Alexandria, 
Los  Angelos, 

6.  4.  20. 


(4) 


Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati, 

Etc.  Etc. 
My  dear  sir, 

I  have  your  letter  of  March  1,1920,  and  thank 
you  for  writing  me.  Very  naturally  I  sympathise 
with  the  object  which  your  worthy  Master  has  in 
mind.  The  world  ardently  longs  for  the  time  to 
come  when  there  shall  be  peace  and  happiness  every- 
where; when  man  shall  no  longer  contend  with  man 
and  be  given  over  wholly  to  selfishness  and  greed. 

I  have  no  doubt  in  my  mind  but  what  the  method 
proposed  by  your  Master  will  ultimately  result  in 
great  good,  and  I  wish  his  plan  success. 

We  are  undoubtedly  tending  towards  the  condi- 
tion of  things  which  your  worthy  Master  desires,  and 
for  which  his   disciples   are   so  unselfishly   workings 


[    5    ] 

It  will  come  in  due  time.  I  commend  your  efforts  and 
sympathize  with  your  desires. 

Again  thanking  you  for  writing,  I  am 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

(Sd.)  W.  O.  Stillman, 

President. 

The  American  Humane  Association. 

Albany.  N.  Y,. 
April  8th,  1920. 


(5) 


Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati. 

Etc.  Etc. 
Dear  Sir, 

Lady  Astor  wishes  me  to  thank  you  very  much 
for  your  letter  of  March  19th. 

She  is  very  much  interested  in  the  views  of 
Thakur  Dayananda.  She  fully  agrees  that  there  can 
be  no  real  peace  or  harmony  in  the  world  unless 
nations  and  individuals  have  peace  and  good  will 
m  their  hearts,  and  she  feels  that  in  emphasising  this 
truth  the  East  has  much  to  teach  the  West. 

Yours  faithfully. 


(Sd.)  H.  Matheson, 
Parliamentary  Secretary. 


House  of  Commons, 

S.  W.  I., 

April  15th.  1920. 


[  6  ] 

(6) 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati. 

Etc.  Etc. 
Dear  Sir, 

Your  letter  to  me  dated  at  Arunachal  Mission, 
March  1st.,  1920,  is  the  most  thoughtful  and  inspiring 
letter  received  by  me  during  the  eight  years  that  I 
have  been  president  of  the  American  Anti-Vivisection 
Society  and  I  wish  it  were  possible  for  us  to  co- 
operate with  you  in  your  work  for  International 
Brotherhood 

As  for  myself,  personally  and  unofficially,  I  beg 
to  assure  you  that  I  am  in  deep  sympathy  with  your 
movement  for  the  federation  of  nations  and  the 
expression  of  the  ideal  of  human  brotherhood  in 
some  practical  scheme  of  international  government^ 
and  that  as  far  as  my  poor  powers  go,  I  am  working 
towards  the  same  goal  as  yourself. 

Great  was  the  opportunity  of  the  Peace  Con- 
ference and  great  the  failure  thereof  and  I  much  fear 
the  next  practical  opportunity  will  come  only  after 
years  of  misery  and  famine,  wars  and  revolutions. 
The  time  is  upon  us  when  our  race  must  definitely 
break  with  the  theory  and  practice  of  evolution 
through  blind  and  selfish  competition  and  must 
grasp,  how^ever  imperfectly,  the  fact  of  universal 
kinship  and  enter  upon  its  further  evolution  through 
the  control  of  'self,  not  others.  This  conception 
once  adopted,  even  if  it  be  accepted  by  the  many 
rather  as  a  battle-cry  than  as  a  spiritual  realization, 
must  inevitably  affect  all  forms  of  human  activity  and. 


[    7    ] 

p2issing  downwards  from  the  knowers  to  the  doew^ 
leaven  all  aspects  of  our  mortal  life. 

International  peace,  national  good  government; 
business,  law  and  medicine  for  the  common  welfare; 
religion,  for  the  building  of  character  not  the  exhalta- 
tion  of  priesthood  ;  science  for  love  not  power  ; 
these  are  some  of  the  manifestations  of  the  outlook 
which  begin  dimly  to  be  seen  on  our  horizon.  How 
long  before  anything  measurable  is  accomplished 
none  shall  say;  for  the  forceful  men,  the  intellectual 
leaders  of  our  age,  have  wandered  from  the  Verace 
Via  of  Dante  and  are  now  urging  us  down  the  by-path 
of  materialism,  while  the  un-intelligent,  the  sullen 
masses  are  striking  blindly  at  they  know  not  what. 

Yet,  even  as  we  speak  the  night  is  passing. 
Greater  than  weapons  is  the  power  of  Thought; 
greater  than  armies  the  will-to-grow  of  the  spirit. 
Even  the  ignorant  build  better  than  they  know  and 
out  of  the  aspirations  of  the  dreamers,  out  of  the 
«imple  deeds,  the  daily  strivings  of  the  toilers  there 
shsJl  Eirise  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth. 

Permit  me,  sir,  to  thank  you  for  your  letter  and 
to  lay  at  the  feet  of  your  Master,  Thakur  Dayananda 
my  humble  admiration  and  respect. 

Yours  truly, 
(Sd.)  Robert  Logan. 
Editor,  The  Starry  Cross* 
Office  of  Publication, 
22,  South  Eighteenth  Street. 
Philadelphia, 
April  22nd„   1920. 

15 


[    8    I 

(7) 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati. 
Etc.  Etc. 

My  dear  sir, 

Thank  you  so  much  for  having  brought  to  my 
notice  the  work  of  Thakur  Dayananda  and  of  the 
Arunachal  Mission. 

I  am  very  much  touched  by  the  trouble  you 
have  taken  in  the  matter  and  by  the  high  ideals  which 
both  you  in  your  letter  and  Thakur  Dayananda  in 
his  manifesto  have  expressed.  Needless  to  say,  I 
with  you,  desire  to  see  a  better  understanding  between 
the  peoples  of  the  world  take  the  place  of  this  present 
system  of  misrule  and  chaos,  and  you  may  be  assured 
of  my  every  sympathy  in  anything  that  you  may  do 
towards  that  end. 


Believe  me, 


4.  King's  Bench  Walk. 

Temple,  London,  E.  C.  4. 

April  28th,  1920. 


Yours  very  sincerely, 
(Sd.)  Norman  Angell. 


(8) 

Alokananda  Mahabharati, 

Etc.  Etc. 
Dear  Sir, 

In  reply  to  your  letter  of  the  22nd.  April,  Sir 
Horace  Plunkett  has  asked  me  to  thank  you  for  it 
and  for  a  copy  of  the  Thakur  Dayeoianda's  appeal 


[    9    ] 

to  the  Peace  Conference.  As  you  are  aware,  he, 
too  considers  that  merely  material  and  economic 
improvement  is  not  sufficient  either  to  satisfy  men 
in  the  present  or  to  assure  peace  and  security  in  the 
future.  Co-operation,  as  he  has  always  thought  and 
understood  it,  means  nothing  less  than  the  denial 
of  competition,  struggle  and  conflict.  It  means  the 
great  and  only  alternative  to  war  whether  the  war 
of  commercialism  with  its  motto  "The  Devil  take 
the  hindermost"  or  the  franker  but  not  less  pitiless 
other  side,  war  as  we  have  known  it  for  4  years,  war 
ever,  of  necessity,  more  ruthless  and  horrible.  Sir 
Plunkett  believes  however  that  men  have  inborn  in 
them  the  desire  to  work  together  and  to  benefit 
each  other.  He  believes  that  given  opportunity  men 
prefer  to  seek  a  common  good  than  to  struggle  for 
private  advantage.  Teach  them  how  to  do  this  in 
the  simplest  and  most  obvious  ways,  assist  them 
materially,  make  them  understand  that  others  are 
not  only  interested  in  but  positively  need  their  pros- 
perity and  they  will  be  taught  by  such  actualities 
the  unity  of  the  Human  Race — the  Brotherhood  of 
man — and  will  be  compelled  to  a  faith  in  a  unifying 
directing  purpose — the  Fatherhood  of  God. 

With  best  wishes  for  the  success  of  your  work, 

Yours  faithfully, 

(Sd.)  Gerald  Heard, 

Secretary. 

Kilteragh,  Foxrock, 
Co.  Dublin,  24.  5.  20. 


[     10    I 

(9) 

Alokananda  Mahabharati. 
Dear  Sir, 

I  have  read  your  letter  with  much  interest  and 
thank  you  for  sending  it.  I  agree  with  it  and  because 
I  have  been  trying  to  carry  out  its  spirit  to  some 
extent  I  have  had  to  sujffer.  Thakur  Dayananda's 
scheme  would  not  suit  the  people  who  met  in  Paris. 
They  meant  to  create  no  new  world.  Their  hearts 
were  not  bent  that  way.  So  mankind  must  suffer. 
Will  you  be  so  good  as  to  allow  me  to  pay  my  respects 
to  Thakur  Dayananda. 

Yours  fgdthfully, 
(Sd.)  Ramsay  Macdonald. 
The  Independent  Labour  Party. 

8  &  9,  Johnson's  Court, 
Fleet  Street,  London,  E.  C.  4. 
28th  May.    1920. 

(10) 

THE  INDEPENDENT  LABOUR  PARTY.   NATIONAL 
ADMINISTRATIVE  COUNCIL. 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati, 
Etc.  Etc. 

Dear  Sir, 

I  have  received  your  letter  dated  5th  May  and  I 
theoik  you  for  it.  First  of  all,  let  me  say  that  you 
misunderstand  the  propaganda  work  of  the  I.  L.  P. 
It  would  be  a  most  unfair  and  unjust  criticism  of  the 
1.  L.  P.  to  say  that  it  is  concerned  only  with  conditions 


[   n   1 

of  Great  Britain  and  with  ameliorating  the  lot  of  the 
people  of  this  land.  Such  a  criticism  could  not 
possibly  be  further  from  the  truth.  On  the  contrary, 
there  are  those  who  criticise  the  I.  L.  P.  because  of 
its  internationalism  and  the  world-wide  nature  of 
its  interests.  During  the  last  six  years,  particularly, 
the  whole  of  the  energies  of  the  I.  L.  P.  and  its 
propaganda  work  have  been  devoted  to  International- 
ism, or  in  other  words,  to  the  preaching  of  the  brother- 
hood of  man.  No  people  who  are  suffering  injustice, 
whether  it  be  in  Ireland,  Egypt  or  India,  have  warmer 
or  more  active  friends  than  the  I.  L.  P.  A  reference 
to  the  column  of  our  weekly  paper,  "The  Labour 
Leader"  will  support  this  statement. 

I  mention  these  facts  for  two  purposes,  first,  to 
remove  what  is  apparently  a  misunderstanding  on 
your  part  of  the  work  of  the  I.  L.  P.  and  second  to 
assure  you  that  an  appeal  to  help  in  any  movement 
for  the  regeneration  of  the  world  is  hardly  necessEury. 
There  are  parts  of  your  letter  which  are  almost  a 
verbal  repetition  of  things  I  have  often  myself  said. 
This  remark  applies  particularly  to  what  you  say 
about  the  genesis  of  the  world  unrest  and  misery. 
I  agree  wholly  with  your  comments  upon  the  failure 
of  the  Paris  Conference  and  of  the  causes  responsible 
for  this  failure.  There  had  been  no  change  in  the 
hearts  and  minds  of  the  statesmen  who  met  together 
at  that  Gjnference. 

I  am  interested  in  what  you  tell  me  about  your 
Mission  and  in  the  appeal  sent  to  the  Paris  Conference 
Tby  the  founder  of  your  Mission.     I   may  say  with 


[     12    ] 

cotifidence  that  I  am  in  complete  agreement  with 
your  aim  and  I  am  sure  that  I  can  repeat  that  assurance 
in  the  name  of  the  whole  of  the  I.  L.  P.  Like  you 
the  I.  L.  P.  is  opposed  to  methods  of  violence,  and 
the  revolution  we  want  to  see  is  a  change  of  heart 
and  mind. 

Although  we  are  working  widely  separated  by 
space,  we  are  united  by  our  aims  and  I  think,  to  a 
considerable  extent,  in  our  methods. 

Believe  me. 

Yours  very  sincerely, 

(Sd.)  Philip  Snowden, 


Chairman. 


8  &  9,  Johnson's  Court, 

Fleet  Street, 

London,  E.  C.  4. 

Ist  June,   1920. 


(11) 


Alokananda  Mahabharati, 
Etc.  Etc. 

Dear  Sir, 

I  am  very  much  obliged  for  your  long  and  most 
interesting  letter  of  April  5th,  which  readhes  me  today. 

I  need  hardly  say  I  entirely  sympathise  with  its 
purport.  You  ask  me  whether  I  will  work  for  your 
objects.  I  assure  I  do  little  else.  It  is  a  splendid 
scheme  you  have  in  mind,  and  I  only  wish  the  races 
of  men  were  more  ready  for  conversion  to  it. 


[     13    ] 

With  kind  regards  and  repeated  thanks  for  your 
kindness  in  writing  to  me, 

Yours  very  truly, 

(Sd.)  Henry  W.  Nevinson. 

New  York, 
June  14.  20. 


(12) 


Babu  Mangobinda  Chaudhury, 
Arunachal  Mission,  Silchar, 

My  dear  friend, 

Very  many  thanks  for  your  letter  received  yester- 
day  I  have  shown  the  Thakur's  appeal  to  many 

of  my  friends  and  have  many  times  made  reference 
to  it  in  my  public  meetings. 

The  aftermath  of  the  war  has  resulted  in  much 
restlessness  in  this  country.  Trade  is  constantly 
dislocated  and  the  prices  of  most  commodities  shew 
a  steady  tendency  to  rise.  Democracy  is  finding  its 
feet  stuck  in  the  process.  All  departments  of  life 
are  seriously  disturbed.  I  do  believe  that  the 
materialism  and  selfishness  of  the  world  today  will 
sooner  or  later,  sooner  rather  than  later,  exhaust 
itself.  The  war  has  passed  but  other  and  more  fear- 
ful antagonisms  remain.  I  agree  with  you  in  think- 
ing that  peace  and  goodwill,  the  spirit  of  the  Christ, 
was  never  more  necessary  for  healing  the  world's 
wounds  than  now. 


I 


[     14    ] 

With  our  united  kind  regards  to  you  both, 

Yours  sincerely, 

(Sd.)  T.  W.  Reese. 

Leaton  House, 
Regent  Street, 
Wrexham,  N.  Wales. 
1 4th  June.   1920. 

(13) 

THE  AMERICAN  HUMANE   ASSOCIATION. 
Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati, 

Etc.  Etc. 
My  dear  friend. 

Your  letter  of  the  first  of  June  is  duly  received. 
I  note  with  interest  all  you  say.  Undoubtedly,  the 
time  will  come  when  the  Fatherhood  of  God  and 
Brotherhood  of  man  will  be  generally  recognised. 
The  world  is  becoming  more  and  more  united  in 
brotherhood  and  aims  and  I  have  no  doubt  but  what 
the  next  generation  or  two  will  see  wonderful  changes 
in  this  direction. 


Remember  that  the  world  is  drawing  closer  to- 
gether and  that  thoughts  similar  to  ours  are  making 
their  way  into  new  minds  all  over  the  world.  Wishing 
you  success  in  your  quest  and  in  your  propaganda, 
I  am  with  kind  regards, 

Fgdthfully  yours, 
(Sd.)  W.  O.  Stillman, 
President. 
Albany.  N.  Y., 
July  23rd..   1920. 


[     15    ] 
(14) 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati. 
Dear  Sir, 

I  am  very  thankful  for  the  letter  you  have 
written  and  also  for  the  appeal  which  accompanies 
it. 

I  have  the  deepest  sympathy  with  the  endeavours 
you  are  making,  and  shall  be  glad  to  hear  from  you  as 
to  the  progress  of  your  efforts.  The  ideas  of  the 
Fatherhood  of  God  and  the  Brotherhood  of  maui 
must  rule  out  the  disorder  of  the  world,  quiet  the 
unrest  from  which  we  suffer,  and  inaugurate  the 
better  era  towards  whidh  the  Eternal  Father  is  surely 
leading  us. 

Yours  faithfully, 
(Sd.)  John  Clifford. 

18,  Waldeck  Road, 
West  Ealing,  London,  W.  18. 
July  27th,   1920. 

(15) 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati, 

Etc.  Etc. 
'My  dear  sir, 

I  am  writing  to  tell  you  that  Mr.  Norman  Angell 
Teceived  your  cable*  of  June  9th  and  your  letter  of 

June  1 7th He  has  been  wondering  in  what  way  he 

could  best  further  your  cause,  which  he  recognises  to 

*The  following  cable  v/as  sent  to  Mr.  Norman 
Angell  with  copy  to  Lady  Astor,  Mr.  H.  G.  Wells, 


I     16    ] 

be  bound  up  intimately  with  his  own  ideas  for  world- 
peace It  seems  to  him  perhaps  that  he  can  best 

work  for  his  and  your  ideals  by  continuing  to  write 

and  expound  them, But  if  you  can  think  of  any 

other  way  in  which  he  could  help  your  association 
I  feel  sure  he  would  be  happy  to  do  what  he  could. 
With  good  wishes, 

Believe  me. 
Yours  very  faithfully, 

(Sd.)  Illegible, 
Secy,  to  Mr.  Norman  AngelL 
4,  Kings  Bench  Walk, 
Temple,  E.  C,  4. 
August  II th,  1920. 

(16) 

Alokananda  Mahabharati, 

Etc,  Etc. 
Dear  Friend, 

I  now  have  to  acknowledge  your  letter  dated 


Miss  Kate  Simmons  and  Mr.  Ernest  Bell  on  9th  June, 
1920:— 

"Brother  of  the  mankind  yours  of  April.  World 
situation  extremely  critical.  Must  squarely  face 
situation.  Even  a  day's  delay  means  slaughter  of 
thousands  brethren  and  untold  suffering  to  millions. 
Very  great  responsibility  on  well-wishers.  Please 
present  scheme  of  reconstruction  to  National  Peace 
Congress  Glasgow  17th.  Insist  on  World  Conference 
invited  by  cables.     Will  get  support  from  many  in 

different  countries,  specially  from (Here  follows 

a  list  of  names)  Cable  if  necessary." 


[     17    1 

May  16th  and  your  cablegram.*  I  was  not  able  to 
attend  the  Peace  Conference  in  Scotland,  but  I  wrote 
off  immediately  to  a  member  attending,  the  Secretary 
of  the  "League  of  Peace  and  Freedom",  and  I  asked 
him  to  speak  and  place  your  appeal  before  the 
Conference.  Then  I  gathered  together  passages  from 
your  letters  to  Mr.  Bell,  Miss  Behrens  and  myself; 
and  had  these  inserted  in  a  paper  sympathetic  to  our 
views  which  also  is  circulated  in  America,  and  here- 
with send  you  a  copy  of  same.f 

I  wrote  to  Lady  Asquith,  and  Mr.  H.  G.  Wells 
but  have  had  no  reply.  Also  I  showed  your  corres- 
pondence to  Miss  Callow,  Secretary  of  the  Inter- 
national  New   Thought   Alliance When   all    men 

unite  in  the  love  of  God,  all  good  will  flow  out  to 
them  from  the  Central  Source  of  all  supply,  and  they 
will  know  how  to  proceed  and  act  that  all  may  have 

their  needs  met 

Very  sincerely  yours, 
(Sd.)  Kate  Simmons. 

Clarendon  House, 
Eddington,  Heme  Bay, 
England. 

August  13th,   1920. 


(17) 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati. 

Dear  Sir, 

Your  esteemed  favour  duly  reached  me.     1  but 
recently  however  returned  to  New  York  where  your 

*The  same  as  to  Mr.  Norman  Angell. 
t 'The  Active  Service." 


[     18    ] 

registered  packet  awaited  me.  I  shall  certainly 
distribute  your  appeals  urging  peace  and  harmony 
as  I  have  opportunity  to  those  I  meet  who  will 
appreciate  the  beautiful  sentiment  therein  expressed. 
Your  letter  portrays  the  distracting  unrest  every- 
where very  vividly.  Perhaps  unrest  prevails  nowhere 
more  than  in  America  today.  Here  it  would  seem  as 
if  every  one  is  over-strained — many  in  their  rush  to 
profiteer,  many  oppressed  by  our  excessive  taxation, 
working  over-time,  yet  really  unable  to  make  ends 
meet,  others  given  over  to  fashion  and  folly  and 
waste — and  others  striving  to  better  conditions  and 
to  help  the  suffering,  especially  children,  prisoners 
and  abused  animals,  finding  themselves  quite  over- 
whelmed with  the  demands  on  purse  and  mind  in 
their  altruistic  endeavours.  Our  daily  papers  are 
intensely  exciting,  filled  as  they  are  with  revelations 
of  incredible  waste  of  money  recklessly  spent  by 
•our  incompetent  government  the  past  few  years 

The  noble  spirit  of  your  Master,  Thakur  Daya- 
nanda  Deb  alone  will  light  a  conflagration  of  peace 
and  harmony  impossible  to  extinguish — in  which  you 
also  seem  an  earnest  helper  and  upholder. 

Accept  kind  wishes  for  your  active  mission  which 
has  high  ideals  of  peace  for  all  people. 

Most  truly  yours, 
(SJ.)  Georgiana  Kendall, 
Vice-President,  Humane  Education  Society. 

The  Ploya,  New  York. 
Novr.   12,   1920. 


[     19    i 

m 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharati. 
Dear  Sir, 

Thank  you  for  your  letter.  I  am  in  complete 
agreement  with  all  you  say  of  the  present  state  of  the 
world  and  its  governments.  And  the  principle  you 
lay  down  are  those  which  have  always  guided  me, 
although  I  might  not  use  quite  the  same  phraseology. 
But  religion  is  not  so  well  understood  in  the  West  as 
in  the  Elast,  nor  its  intimate  relationship  to  human 
welfare.... 

Cordially  yours, 

(Sd.)  Havelock  Ellis. 
14,  Dover  Mansions, 
Canterbury  Road, 
Brixton,  London,  S.  W.  9. 
28th  November,  1920. 

(19) 

Mr.  Alokananda  Mahabharatl 
My  dear  friend, 

I  do  hope  that  you  will  not  consider  my  long 
delay  in  answering  your  interesting  letter  of  July  29, 
1920,  showing  any  lack  of  appreciation  of  your  very 
great  kindness  in  writing  me  so  fully  about  your 
Master,  and  about  the  Brotherhood  of  the  Arunachal 
Mission.  I  am  deeply  interested  in  all  that  you  told 
me,  and  also  in  the  appeal  to  the  Peace  Conference, 
which  you  enclosed. 

This  blood-stained  and  war-torn  world  of  ours 


[    20    J 

needs    the    Sannyasin.     If    only    there    were    more 
"friends  of  the  world"  ! 

A  few  months  ago  I  had  the  pleasure  of  enter- 
taining in  my  home  Rabindranath  Tagore,  and  we 
talked  over  these  things. 

From  the  other  side  of  the  world  I  send  you 
affectionate  greetings.  If  any  of  your  Brotherhood 
come  to  America,  they  will  receive  a  warm  welcome 
at  my  home  in  Princeton. 

Faithfully  yours, 
(Sd.)  Herbert  Adams  Gibbons. 
Princeton,  N.  J., 
March  11,  1921. 


B.  EXTRACTS  : 

[  It  is  a  remarkable  fact,  as  will  be  seen,  also 
from  the  following  extracts  which  are  taken  at 
random  from  a  mass  of  them  that  it  is  admitted  on 
all  hands  that  the  old  order  has  gone  and  that  a 
New  Elra  has  come.  Most  people  who  utter  the  word 
'New  Era'  do  not  know  what  the  New  Era  is  like,  in 
what  respects  it  is  to  differ  from  the  one  that  has  just 
passed,  from  what  point  of  time  dates  the  New  Ejra. 
It  would  be  difficult  to  prove  to  demonstration  to  the 
ordinary  man  in  the  street  in  the  midst  of  chaos  and 
confusion  that  the  New  Era  has  really  come.  But  the 
New  Era  is  on  everybody's  lips.  The  thing  is  the 
New  Era  has  really  come — it  has  been  born  in  the 
Thought  World — and  even  those  who  have  not  the 
vision  to  see  it  clearly,  unconsciously  give  expression 
to  it — they  could  not  but  do  it — even  though  they 
could  not  yet  point  to  anything  tangible  to  base  their 
conclusion.  Those  who  have  been  given  the  vision, 
can  clearly  discern  the  advent  of  the  New  Era  and 
to  them  the  chaos  and  confusion  which,  like  darkness 
before  the  dawn,  instead  of  clearing  is  only  thicken- 
ing, is  but  the  surest  sign  of  its  coming. 

Another  highly  significant  fact  in  support  of  the 
coming  of  the  New  Era  is  the  dodge  very  often 
employed  by  advertisers  to  arrest  the  attention  of 
newspaper  readers  of  referring  to  the  New  Era — and 
sometimes  with  great  display.] 


[    22    ] 
(I) 

A  New  Elra  is  opening.  Let  it  begin  with  ai 
common  determination  to  work  together  for  a 
common  purpose. — King  George's  Message  to  the 
Indians,  December,  1919. 


(2) 


The  gathering  (of  the  Peace  Gjnference)  marks 
the  beginning  of  a  New  Elra,  assisting  the  peoples  of 
all  the  countries  in  the  desire  for  peace,  prosperity  and 
happiness. — President  Wilson. 


(3) 

(I  am)  sure  that  the  Great  To-morrow  has  already 
come. — Rabindranath  Tagore. 


(4) 

The  War  was  fought  to  establish  the  New  World.. 
— Lloyd  George. 


(5) 

This  is  a  turning  point — Humanity  is  taking  a 
turning  point — Shall  we  or  shall  we  not  take  our 
legitimate  part  in  the  making  of  the  New  World? — 
Lala  Lajpat  Rai  in  his  address  to  his  countrymen. 


[    23    ] 
(6) 

1  am  confident  that  it  auspiciously  comes  at  the 
dawn  of  a  New  Era  of  friendship  and  good  will  whidi 
it  will  be  the  privilege  of  our  kindred  peoples  to 
advance  towards  full  achievement. — Wilson  to  King 
George. 

(7) 

1  most  cordially  echo  the  hope  that  in  the  struggle 
to  create  a  better  world  for  mankind  which  is  the  first 
duty  bequeathed  to  us  by  the  glorious  comradeship 
of  war  our  two  nations  may  be  found  indissolubly 
linked  alike  in  effort  and  achievement. — King  George 
to  Wilson. 

(8) 

This  reconstruction  is  not  confined  to  any  one 

department  of  life  but  to  the  whole  life  as  such 

The  desideratum  is  to  bring  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven 
on  earth.  This  is  the  spirit  of  the  New  Age. — 
The  Indian  Review,  August,  J 920. 

(9) 

We  have  had  several  New  Worlds.  The  Jews 
call  this  year  5680  ;  Christians  with  a  newer  world  call 
it,  1920,  the  Mahomedans  dating  from  Mahommed's 
flight,  say  it  is  1307  ;  and  in  England  the  Lloyd 
Georgites  consider  the  New  World  really  began  on 
January  10th,  when  the  Peace  Treaty  was  ratified, 
so  with  them  this  should  be  the  Year  One. 

But  the  question  still  remains  ;  is  it  really  a  New 
World  or  the  same  Old  World,  with  the  same  trials 

16 


[    24    ] 

and  difficulties,  the  same  good  patdhes  and  bad,  the 
same  hopes, — not  always  fully  realised?  Human 
nature  is  always  hopeful.  The  poor  hope  for  better 
times,  the  unfortunate  for  better  luck,  2md  the  sick 
land  suffering  for  better  heeJth.  It  is  not  enough, 
Kowever,  to  hope  without  endeavouring,  at  the  same 
time,  to  achieve  our  object. 

Try  Mother  Seigel's  Syrup  yourself  and  enter  a 
New  World  of  health  and  happiness. — Advertisement 
in  Newspapers, 

(10) 

But  a  New  Reign  is  coming,  that  of  the  spirit  ; 
after  the  human,  the  divine. — Mirra  Richard,  Asian 
Review, 

(II) 

A  New  World  is  being  created,  a  New  Era  is  at 
hand. — Invitation  to  International  Congress  of  Reli- 
gious Liberals,  Boston,  1920. 

(12) 

Standing  as  I  do  in  view  of  God  and  Eternity, 
I  realise  that  patriotism  is  not  enough  ;  there  must 
be  no  bitterness  nor  hatred  in  my  heart  against 
anyone. — Edith.  Cavell  before  her  execution. 

[The  sublime  note  of  this  passage  reveals  the 
fact  that  the  soul  of  Edith  Cavell  before  her  execution, 
was  in  perfect  union  with  the  Universal  Soul  of 
Humanity.] 


[    25    ] 
(13) 

In  the  name  of  Humanity,  multiple  and  one,  etc., 
we  declare  and  proclaim  the  UniversEJ  Equality  of 
the  Human  Race. — Universal  League  for  the  Equality 
of  Races  in  Japan. 

(14) 

For  the  mciximum  effort  in  the  war,  each  nation 
pooled  all  its  resources  and  its  strength,  amd 
theoretically  at  least,  the  people  of  that  nation  were 
for  the  time  but  one  family.  This  sort  of  action  on 
an  international  plane  seems  to  be  the  only  hope  for 
Europe. — Anatole  France. 

(15) 

The  work  which  has  been  done,  the  seed  whicii 
has  been  sown,  cannot,  will  not  be  wasted  ;  and, 
because  of  the  martyrdom  of  Russia,  her  children  and 
our  dhildren  will  reap  a  glorious  harvest  of  love  and 
comradeship  in  the  true  commonwealth  that  is  to 
be. — Lanshury  in  ** Daily  Herald.'* 


(16) 


If  the  world  is  indeed  to  become  one  of  peace 
then  it  is  impossible  to  have  one  part  of  it  within  the 
ring  fence  of  Monroe  Doctrine  cut  off  from  the 
responsibility  of  federal  world-commonwealth. — 
H.  G.  Wells  in  "Sunday  Express.** 


[    26    I 
(17) 

"What  solution  do  you  see  for  Europe's  plight ?'\ 
asked  the  correspondent  of  the  "Observer."  "Action 
based  on  a  new  spirit  on  the  common  interests  and 
needs  of  all  Europe,  and  of  all  the  world,"  said 
Anatole  France. 

(18) 

The  first  object  of  the  International  would  be 
the  prevention  of  all  war.  That  message  must 
spread  in  our  late  enemy  countries  as  well  as  in  the 
allied  countries. — *' Ex-soldiers  in  Council," — "Daily 
Heraldr  April  5ih. 

(19) 

1  think  that,  soldiers  as  most  of  us  have  been  in 
our  time,  there  is  no  prospect  more  abhorrent  to  the 

vast  majority  of  us  than  that  of  a  future  war The 

multitude  has  but  one  desire — "Peace." — Aidan  De 
Gemon,  D.  H.  April  17th. 

(20) 

To  destroy  false  ideas  about  war  among  civilians 
and  especially  among  children,  to  get  as  many  men 
as  possible  in  each  country  to  pledge  themselves 
against  war,  to  abolish  secret  diplomacy,  to  destroy 
the  capitalist  system. — Programme  of  International 
Congress  of  Ex-service  men  at  Geneva. 


[    27    ]' 
(21) 

The  man  who  knows  most  about  war  is  the  man 
most  anxious  to  see  war  abolished.  The  man  who 
fought  in  the  trenches  and  saw  his  comrade  smashed 
at  his  side,  who  has  known  desolation  of  warfare,  is 
the  man  who  does  not  want  any  more  war. — Major 
General  Sir  Frederic  Maurice. 


(22) 


Speaking  of  world  peace  and  disarmament,  Mr. 
Harding,  President-elect  of  the  U.  S.  A.  said  : 

"World  disarmament  is  only  one  phase  in  the 
attainment  of  actual  peace  towards  whidh  we  are  all 
working.... With  the  conscience  of  the  world  awaken- 
ed against  war  and  the  growing  desire  of  each  nation 
to  do  its  part  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  the 
time  is  not  far  distant  when  considerations  of  right 
rather  than  might  will  prevail  and  when  disarmament 
will  become  an  actuality.  1  believe  that  a  campaign 
to  create  world-wide  public  opinion  such  as  that 
inaugurated  by  the  "World"  is  a  step  towards  the 
hastening  of  world  tranquility." 


(23) 


It  seeks  not  a  slave  state  but  a  co-operative 
commonwealth  of  Free  Citizens  and  it  is  in  this 
direction  that  the  Brothers  of  Light  are  seeking  to 
guide  the  evolution  of  Humanity. — Annie  Besant  in 
"New  India/'  Sept  1920. 


I    28    ] 

(24) 

We  needed  a  real  League  of  Free  Peoples,  not  a 
League  of  Kings,  nor  a  League  of  Cabinet  Ministers. 
— y.  H.  Thomas,  M.  P.,  *'Daily  Herald/*  Feb.  16. 
1920. 


(25) 


An  equal  system  of  International  rights  and 
obligations,  just  liberties  and  wholesome  necessary 
restrictions  can  alone  be  a  sound  basis  of  International 
Law  and  order. — Aurohindo  Ghose. 


(26) 


United  States  would  take  no  interest  because  she 
will  join  no  combination  of  powers  which  is  not  a 
combination  of  all.  She  is  not  interested  merely  in 
tlie  Peace  of  Europe  but  in  the  peace  of  the  world. 
— Arthur  Benington,  U.  S.  A. 


(27) 


To  start  any  League  with  any  hope  of  success 
all  powers  must  be  in  it — not  to  wrangle  and  intrigue 
but  to  find  a  common  basis  for  useful  co-operation 
...the  mechanism  of  which  can  only  be  a  League  of 
Nations,  free  individually  and  so  willing  to  think  and 
act  collectively. — Austin  Harrison  in  **  Sunday 
Pictorial/* 


[    29    ] 
(28) 

Senator  Harding  in  a  speech  on  the  League  of 
Nations  declared  that  President  Wilson's  League  was 
a  definite  and  irredeemable  failure.  Senator  Hard- 
ing therefore  proposed  a  new  effort  to  construct  a 
World  Association  on  the  framework  of  the  Hague 
Tribunal  and  pledged  himself  to  make  an  immediate 
effort  to  form  such  an  association. — ''Englishman/* 
31st.,  Aug.  1920. 

(29) 

I  look  higher  now,  I  am  against  the  League  of 
Nations  because  it  is  the  League  of  Governments.  I 
am  for  a  League  of  peoples,  for  a  league  of  oppress- 
ed peoples,  who  are  the  victims  of  the  Peace  of 
Versailles." — D'Anunzio. 

(30) 

The  only  other  conceivable  policy  was  to  seek 
some  new  state  of  things  in  which  war  would  no 
longer  be  the  inevitable  resort  for  settling  interna- 
tional disputes. — Lord  Robert  Cecil. 

(31) 

If  one-hundredth  part  of  the  thought  given  to 
this  war  were  given  to  peace,  there  would  never  be 
a  war  eigain.  I  believe  that  a  passion  for  peace  hzts 
been  bom  in  this  war  which  will  prove  greater  than 


I    30    1 

any  passion  for  gain  or  conquest,  and  as  far  ea  is 
humanly  possible,  such  a  war  as  this  should  never 
be  tolerated  again.  However,  there  is  a  danger  in 
believing  too  much  in  treaties  until  we  have  a  radical 
change  in  the  hearts  of  men,  but  I  think  that  change 
is  coming.  There  must  be  no  patch-work  peace 
which  is  simply  a  compromise  of  conflicting  interests. 
Every  nation  must  have  the  choice  of  its  destiny  and 
not  be  cut  and  curved  to  please  the  Great  Powers. 
— General  Smutts. 

(32) 

No  nation  must  desire  domination  and  power 
over  another.  We  shall  only  reach  this  condition  of 
things  by  understanding  that  capitalism  has  finished 
its  work  and  that  future  development  of  mankind 
must  be  based  on  co-operation. — ** Daily  Herald/* 
July,  H,  1920. 

(33) 

A  genuine  society  of  all  nations  and  an  all-round 
revision  of  the  Peace  Treaty  involving  the  abandon* 
ment  of  our  own  Imperialistic  aims. — Robert  Dell. 

(34) 

Future  must  bring  international  reconciliation. 
Only  a  real  Democracy  including  all  nations  would 
give  the  suffering  world  peace. — Ebert,  late  German 
President. 


[    31    } 
(35) 

We  must  feel  our  way  towards  a  group  organisa- 
tion  within  the  community  and  to  a  world  federation 
beyond  it. — Ivor  Brown. 

(36) 

In  the  field  where  our  aims  are  one,  our  enthusi- 
asms the  same,  our  rivalry  and  ambition  generous, 
we  can  surely  look  to  be  reconciled,  and  the  fellow- 
ship of  learning  offers  a  road  which  may — and  if  our 
spiritual  ideals  be  alive,  must — lead  to  a  wider 
sympathy  and  better  understanding  between  our 
kindred  nations. 

While  political  dissensions  are  threatening  to 
extinguish  the  honourable  comity  of  the  great 
European  States,  we  pray  that  we  may  help  to 
hasten  that  amicable  reunion  which  civilization 
demands. 

— Extracts  from  the  letter  addressed  by  Doctors, 
Heads  of  houses,  Professors  and  other  Officers  and 
Teachers  in  the  University  of  Oxford  to  the  Pro- 
fessors  of  the  Arts  and  Sciences  and  to  Members  of 
the  Universities  and  Learned  Societies  in  Germany 
^nd  Austria  sometime  in  October,  1920. 

(37) 

Professor  Gilbert  Murray  in  the  course  of  his 
presidential  address  at  a  meeting  of  the  Geographical 
Association    held    sometime    towards    the    end    of 


[    32    ] 

December,  1920  or  the  first  week  of  January,  1921, 
interpreted  the  duty  of  mankind  towards  the  universe 
as  being  similar  to  that  of  the  patriotic  citizen  towards 
his  own  country. 

He  proceeded  to  speculate  whether  the  economic 
exploitation  of  helpless  nations  and  territories  by 
strong  ones,  stimulated  by  the  pressing  hunger  of  the 
Western  world  was  likely  to  prevail,  or  whether 
there  was  to  be  the  consciousness  of  the  earth  as  one 
great  city  with  a  great  conception  of  the  duty,  that 
would  be  normally  expected  from  a  civilised  and 
educated  man  towards  his  fellow  man.  He  was 
convinced  that  the  latter  conception  was  becoming 
more  and  more  an  integral   part  of  public  opinion 

in    this    country If    the    better    elements' 

in  the  great  nations,  backed  by  outside  inter- 
national opinion,  set  their  faces  resolutely  against 
uncontrolled  and  irresponsible  covetousness,  he  be- 
lieved that  a  co-operation  between  the  nations  would 
be  secured  which  would  make  not  only  for  the  main- 
tenance of  peace  but  for  the  welfare,  concord,  and 
good  will  of  the  entire  world. 

(38) 

All  over  the  continent  specially  where  they  have 
suffered  most  there  is  a  real  awakening,  a  revolt 
against  war  and  sincere  enthusiasm  for  the  New 
International  Union. — Daily  News  (London). 

(39) 

Gjngress  of  International  Brotherhood,  London, 
14th,  September,  1919. 


[    33    ] 
(40) 

There  never  was  a  time  in  history  of  a  distracted 
and  torn  world  when  the  Brotherhood  movement  was 
more  needed  said  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  at  the  National 
Brotherhood  Congress  at  the  City  Temple,  Sept.,  1919. 

(41) 

Mighty  festival  of  Unity  :  We  want  a  League  of 
Nations  but  it  must  be  a  League  in  which  men  and 
women  are  banded  together  with  the  bonds  of 
Brotherhood. — Robert  Fleming  in  D.  H.  May  3rd, 
1920. 

(42) 

Comrades  and  Brothers,  remember  that  nation- 
ality is  not  enough,  nationality  must  not  be  the  zdm. 
There  is  something  higher  than  nationality,  and  that 
is  International  Brotherhood,  the  Brotherhood  of  man 
under  the  Fatherhood  of  God. — Col.  Wedgwood  on 
landing  at  Bombay. 

(43) 

International  Brotherhood  after  all,  means  that 
humanity  is  one  great  family  of  human  beings  with 
a  common  origin. — Lansbury  in  D.  H. 

(44) 

I  have  no  doubt  that  they  will  find  the  people  of 
the  United  States  very  ready  and  willing  (inspite  of 


[    34    ] 

Ker  refusal  to  join  the  League  of  Nations)  to  come  into 
the  Brotherhood. — H.  G.  Wells  in  "Sunday  Express." 

(45) 

To  endeavour  by  united  efforts  to  advance  the 
triumph  of  reason,  freedom  and  progress  in  religion, 
the  Brotherhood  of  man  and  the  peaceful  federation 
of  the  world....  A  New  World  is  being  created,  a 
New  Era  is  at  hand.  Shall  not  we  of  liberal  faith  and 
progressive  spirit  come  together  again.... for  the  Uni- 
versal and  enduring  religious  needs  of  mankind  ?  Let 
us  become  later  day  pilgrims  of  the  Spirit — like  the 
Fathers  of  old  seeking  "a  city  which  hath  founda- 
tions, whose  builder  and  maker  is  God." — Invitation 
to  the  International  Congress  of  Religious  Liberals, 
Boston,  1920. 

(46) 

As  religious  people  we  recognise  that  the  only 
real  power  that  can  make  such  an  object  effective 
is  the  religious  power.  The  world  of  men  is  one 
because  God  has  made  us  one.  At  bottom  the 
human  race  is  one.  There  is  one  fraternity,  and  it  is 
going  to  be  realised  — Bishop  of  Kensington, 
"Inquirer,"  Feb.  21,  1920. 

(47) 

The  Conference  calls  attention  to  the  fresh  vision 
wliich  has  come  to  many  of  that  Kingdom  of  God 
in  which  all  the  nations  of  the  world  shall  be  united 


[    35    ] 

in  righteousness  and  peace,  etc. — Resolution  /^ 
Lambeth  Conference,  moved  by  Bishop  of  Peter- 
borough,  August,  1920. 

(48) 

Fatherhood  of  God,  ultimate  foundation  for  re- 
construction of  ordered  harmonious  life  for  all  men — 
tiie  one  hope  for  the  permanent  peace  of  the  world. 
— Lloyd  George. 

(49) 

The  world  is  becoming  one we  are  no  longer 

strangers  or  foreigners  upon  the  earth,  but  fellow- 
citizens  in  the  great  household  of  the  Eternal  Father. 
—Dr.  John  Clifford. 

(50) 

They  (Non-Qiristians)  are  as  dear  and  precious 
to  the  One  Universal  Father-Mother  as  Christians  are, 
and  should  therefore  be  included  in  the  same  Reli- 
gious International. — Revd.  Dr.  Walter  Walsh. 

(51) 

All  the  civilizations  which  had  risen  and  died 
— had  they  not  failed  because  they  had  not  been 
based  upon  the  one  foundation  of  God,  the  Universal 

Father? And   was   it   not    natural   that   women 

should  see  God  as  the  Father  of  all,  and  the  world 


[    36    ] 

as  one  family? — Maude  Roydens  address  at  Geneva 
(D.  H.  June  7tK  1920), 

(52) 

Wiien  will  the  truth  dawn  on  the  hearts  of 
mankind  that  they  were  all  created  by  one  God,  out 
of  His  own  image  that  they  were  all  brethren  and 
have  for  their  eternal  welfare,  to  live  in  peace  and 
amity?— i4.  B.  Patrika  (Calcutta)  Oct.  26th,  1920. 

(53) 

I  attribute  this  (the  fact  of  his  being  alive  after 
35  days  of  fasting)  to  the  spiritual  strength  which 
1  receive  from  my  daily  communion  bringing  me 
bodily  strength  assisted  by  a  world  of  masses    and 

prayers I  believe  God  has  directly  intervened 

to  stay  the  tragedy  for  a  while  for  a  Divine  purpose 
of  His  own.  I  believe  He  has  intervened  not  solely 
for  our  sakes  but  also  for  our  enemy's  sake. — 
MacSwiney,  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork- 

[This  declaration  of  Mr.  MacSwiney  is  in  tune 
w^ith  that  of  Eldith  Cavell.  He  has  discovered  his  spiri- 
tual one-ness  with  the  rest  of  his  fellow-beings.  He 
finds  a  divine  purpose  in  everything — even  in  his  death 
that,  he  knew,  was  coming.  He  realizes  that  he  is 
an  instrument  in  the  hand  of  God  and  realizing  that 
he  joyfully  surrenders  himself  to  His  will.] 

(54) 

Where  is  God  the  good,  exclaims  the  world, 
Avhich  has  been  trying  to  wade  through  slaughter  to 


[    37    ] 

a    safe     haven     of     peace. — "Servant**     (Calcutta), 
6th  November,  1920. 

(55) 

And  thou  Divine  Being  who  sleepest  in  the 
bosom  of  men  and  of  nations  the  hour  is  come. — 
Paul  Richard  in  "To  the  Nations**, 

(56) 

Only  a  new  spiritual  influx  creating  in  man  a  new 
consciousness  can  overcome  the  enormous  mass  of 
difficulties  barring  the  way  of  the  workers.  A  new 
spiritual  light,  a  manifestation  upon  earth  of  some 
divine  force,  unknown  until  now,  a  thought  of  God, 
new  for  us,  descending  in  this  world  and  taking  a 
new  form  here. — Mirra  Richard  tc  the  Women  of 
Japan,  "Indian  Daily  News,**  May  17th,  1920. 

(57) 

If  we  are  to  found  the  Kingdom  of  God  in 
humanity,  we  must  first  know  God  and  see  and  live 
the  diviner  truth  of  our  Being  in  ourselves. — 
Aurohindo  Ghose. 

(58) 

The  processes  of  war  and  blockade  are  a  denial 
of  our  Christianity  and  a  complete  barrier  to  the 
establishment  of  the  Kingdom  of  God  on  earth. — 
Extract  from  an  appeal  issued  by  Dr  John  Clifford 
and  others  headed  "A  Call  to  Christians.** 


[    38    ] 
(59) 

To  doubt  that  this  perfect  consummation  (the 
Kingdom  of  God)  will  ever  be  effected  is  in  reality  to 
question  the  inspiration  of  divine  prophecy,  and  also 
to  declare  presumptuously  that  mankind  will  never 
answer  the  grand  design  of  creation. — "The  Coming 
World  Government"  by  Carlyle  B.  Haynes  in  **The 
Signs  of  the  Times/'  U.  S.  A„  June,  /7,  1919. 

(60) 

The  world  can  only  recover  as  a  unit It  lies 

under  a  common  affliction  that  will  only  yield  to  a 

common    remedy It    is    a    spiritual    remedy. — 

A.  G.  Gardiner,  in  "Daily  News**,  London. 

(61) 

Lord  Robert  Cecil  said  until  Christian  ideals  were 
wrought  into  the  texture  of  national  life  and  policy 
there  was  no  hope  of  peace  — "D.  H.*\  June  8th. 

(62) 

You  cannot  get  a  change  in  social  conditions  until 
you  change  the  moral  and  religious  outlook  of  men 
and  women  towards  one  another. — Lansbury,  D.  H.r 
July  19,  1920. 

(63) 

As  Christians  we  must  see  that  the  present  condi- 
tions are  changed.  The  Church  is  asleep  now  but 
surely  she  is  destined  to  bring  about  a  revolution  in. 


I    39    ] 

the  matter  of  human  relationships,  such  that  men 
may  be  able  to  seek  the  Kingdom  of  God. — Rev.  Paul 
Jones,  President  of  the  Church  Socialist  League  in 
America. 

(64) 

Never  before  in  the  history  of  our  country  has 
there  been  such  a  general  turning  of  the  masses  to 
the  things  of  the  soul  as  we  see  about  us  today. — 
W.  G.  Shepherd  in  *' Harper's  Monthly*. 

(65) 

1  have  decided  to  eschew  politics  and  devote 
myself  to  the  attainment  of  the  Higher  Self  which 
should  be  the  mission  of  human  beings. — Rashhehari 
Bose,  an  Indian  anarchist  now  a  refugee  in  Japan. 

(66) 

A  spiritual  Brotherhood  and  International  Peace. 
— Reo.  Dr.  Walter  Walsh. 

(67) 

They  (the  devastations  of  famine  and  typhus,  the 
cloud  over  Mesopotamia,  the  cloud  over  India  and 
the  darker  cloud  over  Ireland)  are  the  poisonous 
fruits  of  the  spiritual  disaster  that  has  befallen  the 
world  and  they  will  continue  until  the  ruin  is  com- 
plete or  the  spiritual  remedy  is  found The  thing 

17 


[    40    ] 

for  which  the  world  is  looking  is  a  great  lead  in  the 
path  of  reconciliation.  It  calls  for  a  gospel  that  will 
offer  it  a  way  out  of  the  wilderness  in  which  it  is 
^wandering. — A.  G    Gardiner. 

(68) 

The  world  of  men  and  women  is  waiting,  longing, 
hoping  for  the  new  day  ;  people,  as  of  old,  ask  for  a 
sign,  run  hither  and  thither  after  this  theory  and  the 
other  in  a  vain  endeavour  to  find  the  solvent  for 
present-day  needs.  Whereas  all  we  need  is  to  stand 
still  and  take  stock  of  ourselves  and  find  out  what 
it  is  we  really  ask  of  life  and  what  we  expect  to  gain 

for  the  trouble  of  living Spiritual  forces  are 

stronger  than  ambition,  glory,  or  power  ;  that,  indeed, 
the  truest  expression  of  glory  and  power  is  to  be 
found  among  those  who  are  willing  to  put  everything 
upon  the  altar  of  service  and  find  their  happiness  in 
giving  even  life  itself  to  the  cause  of  humanity. — 
Lansbury  in  *'D.  H."  Oct,  30th,  1920. 

(69) 

Our  Master  has  said,  "One  is  your  Father,  and 
all  are  brethren".  These  are  the  fundamental 
principles  of  human  society  as  God  designed  it 
to    be. 

Every  association  or  community  of  men  is 
intended  by  God  to  be  a  Brotherhood,  in  which  each 
tries  to  do  all  the  service  he  can  for  the  others. 

This   conception   of   Brotherhood   should   deter- 


[    41     ] 

mine  all  industrial  relations,  putting  an  end  to  in- 
justice and  dishonesty,  inconsiderateness  and  careless- 
ness of  employers  and  employed. 

Once  again,  this  conception  of  Brotherhood 
should  determine  the  relation  between  nations, 
turning  the  world  into  a  family  of  nations,  respecting 
and  helping  one  another,  instead  of  injuring  one 
another  by  selfish  competition  and  from  time  to  time 
breaking  out  into  open  war. 

We  call  upon  all  men  in  the  name  of  God  to 
lay  aside  all  race  hatred  and  class  hatred,  upon 
which  it  is  impossible  to  build  any  solid  structure, 
social  or  political. 

We  beg  all  our  fellow  citizens  to  turn  to  God, 
who  created  them  to  be  brethren,  and  to  seek  from 
Him,  who  alone  can  give  it,  the  power  to  love  as 
brethren  and  in  love  to  serve  one  another.  By  that 
power  we  can  find  the  way  out  of  our  anxieties. 
In  His  light  we  shall  see  light. — Extracts  from  the 
appeal  issued  by  the  National  Council  of  Missionaries 
in  India,  Burma  and  Ceylon  and  addressed  to  the 
peoples  of  India  and  Europeans  in  India. 

(70) 

Before  that  can  happen  there  must  come  new 
leaders,  new  enthusiasm  for  the  ideals  of  life,  a  new 
spirit  of  unselfishness  and  service  for  the  common- 
weal and  just  now,  we  do  not  see  them  coming. — 
Sir  Philip  Gibhs  in  the  "Daily  Chronicle',  Sept    1920, 

(71) 
For  Him  we  look,   for  His  coming  we   try  to 


[    42    1 

prepare  tiie  public  mind  of  man — *  'The  coming  of  the 
World  Teacher." — By  Annie  Beaant. 

(72) 

The  World  now  really  stands  in  need  of  a  Saviour. 
—^'Servant**  (Calcutta),  November,  6th,  1920. 

(73) 

God  is  the  King  of  kings  (cries  of  "We  should 
fear  Allah  and  nobody  else")  There  is  no  govern- 
ment except  the  government  of  God.  We  shall 
not  serve  anybody  as  subjects  except  Allah. — 
Mahommed  A  It  at  the  meeting  of  the  A  ll-India  Muslim 
League,  Amritsar,  Dec.  1919. 

(74) 

[The  following  remarkable  document,  coming,  as 
it  does,  from  a  quarter,  from  which  it  would  ordinarily 
be  least  expected,  is  a  strong  proof,  if  any  were 
needed,  of  the  fact  that  the  Satya  Yuga  has  come 
when  man,  having  outlived  his  material  existence 
has  entered  a  career  of  spiritual  existence.  This  shews 
conclusively  to  what  sublime  height  human  thought 
has  ascended.  Even  our  sisters  of  shame  have  not 
been  impervious  to  the  great  idea  of  living  a  higher 
state  of  existence.  Their  thought  has  been  lifted  to 
the  highest  pitch — to  the  expectancy  of  the  coming 
of  the  Saviour  who  will  regenerate  the  world  and 
will  not  spare  them  also.  It  is  a  translation  from  a 
manifesto  issued  by  sisters  of  shame  in  Calcutta  who 
count  many  hundreds.] 


[    43    ] 

The  world  has  now  arrived  at  the  parting  of  the 
*01d  Era.  Educated  or  uneducated,  rich  or  poor,  high 
or  low — all  are  marching  forward  to  attain  their 
highest  progress  at  this  auspicious  moment  of  a  new 
awakening.  Why  should  we  alone  rest  in  dumb  in- 
activity? We  may  not  ordinarily  have  a  status  in 
society  nor  could  we  expect  any  sympathy  from  it 
but  none  can  deny  that  we  also  form  a  part  of 
Humanity.  For  want  of  a  tight  social  organisation 
and  cohesion  amongst  us,  we  are  pursuing  each  our 
own  course  and  are  being  swiftly  dragged  along  rfie 
path  of  the  lowest  degradation.  But  cannot  we — if 
we  are  only  of  the  opinion  and  determined  on  the 
salvation  of  our  fsdlen  race — ^find  out  a  path  of  our 
upliftment?  Certainly  we  can.  We  all  know  it  is 
to  save  the  fallen  that  the  God  of  Humanity  descenHs 
on  earth  in  human  form.  If  the  Infinitely  Merciful 
Lord,  bent  on  destroying  the  elements  of  evil  in  the 
world  comes,  then  shall  not  we  also  receive  a  drop  of 
His  mercy  and,  strengthened  in  His  mercy,  be  able  to 
break  the  bond  of  degradation  in  the  midst  of  which 
we  live  and  enter  upon  a  future  career  of  unfold- 
ment?  It  is  through  His  mercy  that  we  have  met 
today  and  have  been  £iif  orded  an  opportunity  of  giving 
vent  to  our  feeling  of  anguish — it  is  through  His 
mercy  which  showers  on  all  alike,  that  we  hope  to 
banish  the  darkness  that  enshrouds  us  and  see  the 
light  of  progress  and  salvation,  etc.,  etc. 


512328 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY